Quarterlytics / Industrials / Electrical Equipment & Parts / Severn Trent

Severn Trent

svt · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker svt
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Electrical Equipment & Parts
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Severn Trent
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Building a sustainable business

Annual Report  
and Accounts  
2010

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2
0
1
0

S
e
v
e
r
n
T
r
e
n
t

P
c

l

Severn Trent Plc
Registered office:
2297 Coventry Road
Birmingham B26 3PU
Tel: 0121 722 4000
www.severntrent.com

Registered number: 2366619

 
 
 
 
 
 
www.severntrent.com

Contents

Introduction

i

w
e
v
r
e
v
O

Overview
1 
2 
4 
5 
6 

2010 Severn Trent group highlights
Group at a glance
Chairman’s statement
Chief Executive’s review 
Severn Trent Water – Our industry

Severn Trent Water – Our strategy

Business review
9 
10  Delivering against our KPIs
12  Performance
19  Severn Trent Services – Overview
20  Performance
23  Financial review

Governance
28  Directors’ report
31  Directors’ responsibility statement
32  Board of directors
34  Executive Committee
35  Chairman’s letter
41  Nominations Committee
42  Audit Committee
44  Corporate Responsibility Committee
45  Directors’ remuneration report
58  Risk and assurance

Group financial statements
61 
Independent auditors’ report
62  Consolidated income statement
63  Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
64  Consolidated statement of changes in equity
65  Consolidated balance sheet
66  Consolidated cash flow statement
67  Notes to the group financial statements

Independent auditors’ report 

Company financial statements
112 
113  Company balance sheet
113  Company statement of total recognised gains and losses
114  Notes to the company financial statements

Other information
122  Five year summary
123 

Information for shareholders

i

w
e
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i
r
e
h
t
O

Severn Trent is a FTSE 100 
company. Our core business  
is water. We provide and treat 
water and waste water in the UK 
and internationally through our 
two complementary businesses 
– Severn Trent Water and  
Severn Trent Services.

  Find out more at our corporate website 
  www.severntrent.com

  Severn Trent Water website 
  www.stwater.co.uk

  Severn Trent Services website 
  www.severntrentservices.com

Cautionary statement
This document contains certain ‘forward looking statements’ with respect to Severn Trent’s 
financial condition, results of operations and business and certain of Severn Trent’s plans and 
objectives with respect to these items.

Forward looking statements are sometimes, but not always, identified by their use of a date in the 
future or such words as ‘anticipates’, ‘aims’, ‘due’, ‘will’, ‘could’, ‘may’, ‘should’, ‘expects’, ‘believes’, 
‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘targets’, ‘goal’ or ‘estimates’. By their very nature forward looking statements 
are inherently unpredictable, speculative and involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to 
events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future.

There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ 
materially from those expressed or implied by these forward looking statements. These factors 
include, but are not limited to, changes in the economies and markets in which the group 
operates; changes in the regulatory and competition frameworks in which the group operates; 
the impact of legal or other proceedings against or which affect the group; and changes in 
interest and exchange rates.

All written or verbal forward looking statements, made in this document or made subsequently, 
which are attributable to Severn Trent or any other member of the group or persons acting on 
their behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the factors referred to above. Severn Trent 
does not intend to update these forward looking statements.

Designed and produced by salterbaxter

Nothing in this document should be regarded as a profits forecast.

Cert no. SGS-COC-0620

This document is not an offer to sell, exchange or transfer any securities of Severn Trent Plc or 
any of its subsidiaries and is not soliciting an offer to purchase, exchange or transfer such 
securities in any jurisdiction. Securities may not be offered, sold or transferred in the United 
States absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the 
US Securities Act of 1933 (as amended).

Severn Trent Plc
Severn Trent Plc is a public limited company listed on the  
London Stock Exchange and registered in England and Wales 
with company number 2366619. This is the Annual Report  
and Accounts for the year ended 31 March 2010.

More information on Severn Trent Plc can be found on our 
website at www.severntrent.com

This report was printed by Pureprint Group using their pureprint® 
and alcofree® environmental print technology. All the electricity used 
in the production of this report was generated from renewable sources 
and vegetable based inks were used throughout. Pureprint Group  
is a CarbonNeutral® company and registered to the Environmental 
Management System, ISO 14001 and EMAS, the Eco Management  
and Audit Scheme. It is printed on Cocoon 100 Uncoated, a recycled  
paper containing 100% post consumer waste which is manufactured  
to ISO 14001 standard.

 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

1

2010 Severn Trent group 
highlights

i

w
e
v
r
e
v
O

Group profit before tax £m

£334.4m

2010

2009: £167.6m

Severn Trent Plc

FTSE 100 Index

This graph illustrates the value at 31 March 2010, 
of £100 invested in Severn Trent on 31 March 
2005 compared with the value of £100 invested  
in the FTSE 100 Index. The intermediate points 
show the value at intervening financial year end.  
Source: Datastream 

– 

 Group profit before interest, tax and 
exceptional items up 18.6% to £557.1 million
 Full year dividend up 7.4% to 72.32 pence per 
share (3% above March 2010 RPI inflation)
–  Exceeded planned operating cost savings in  

– 

Severn Trent Water 

–  Severn Trent Services positioned to  
capture future growth opportunities

Group profit* £m

£338.4m

2010

2009: £273.5m 

* before tax, gains/losses on financial instruments  
and exceptional items

Earnings per share* pence

122.8p

2010

2009: 92.7p 

* before exceptional items, gains/losses  
on financial instruments and deferred tax

Group turnover £m

£1,703.9m

2010

2009: £1,642.2m

Dividend pence per share

72.32p 

2010

2009: 67.34p

Total shareholder return

)
£
(

l

e
u
a
V

200

175

150

125

100

75

50

25

0

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

Severn Trent Plc

FTSE 100 Index

 
 
 
2

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Group at a glance

Severn Trent Water 
Find out more on page 6

Severn Trent Water provides high quality water 
and sewerage services to over 3.7 million 
households and businesses in the Midlands  
and mid-Wales.

Where we operate in the UK

Our region stretches 
across the heart of  
the UK, from the 
Bristol Channel to  
the Humber, and  
from mid-Wales to  
the East Midlands.

Our physical assets include:
–  46,000 km of water mains
–  134 water treatment works
–  54,000 km of sewers
–   1,021 sewage 

treatment works

Drinking water supplied per day

1.8bn litres

Treated waste water per day

2.7bn litres

Employees

5,686

Turnover £m
2009/10 (up 4.6%)

2010

2009

1,385.3

1,324.9

Profit* £m 
2009/10 (up 18.7%)

2010

2009

541.3

456.0

* before interest, tax and exceptional items 

Key strengths

•  Our bills for customers are now the 

lowest on average in the UK industry.

•  We continuously work to improve our 
performance and deliver cost and 
operational efficiencies against 20 Key 
Performance Indicators, each of which 
is aligned with our long term strategy.

•   The drinking water and waste water 

quality we provide is amongst the best 
in the industry.

•  We are committed to the long term 
responsible stewardship of the 
business, the environment, customers 
and the communities in which we live 
and work.

•  We are led by a focused management 
team with a clear business plan and 
strategic direction statement.

Our industry
The water industry in England and Wales 
invests more than £3 billion a year and 
employs over 27,000 people. There are 10 
regional water and sewerage companies in 
England and Wales. We are seeking ways  
to address the long term challenges the 
industry faces, including the possible 
introduction of water trading and other 
measures to improve the national distribution 
of water (see ‘Our industry’ page 6).

Our prices
Every five years, Ofwat, our economic 
regulator, sets annual price limits for each 
water company which determine how 
much income we collect from our 
customers. These five year cycles are 
referred to as Asset Management Plan 
(AMP) periods. We have just reached the 
end of the period 2005–10 (AMP4) and are 
about to enter our next five year regulatory 
period (AMP5). The price limits for 
2010–15 were set in November 2009  
(see ‘Focusing on the next regulatory 
period’ on page 9).

Our performance
Like all water companies we submit a 
detailed annual breakdown of our 
performance to Ofwat each June, known 
as the June Return. This information 
enables Ofwat to monitor and compare 
water companies’ performances.

Our performance is also regulated by the 
Drinking Water Inspectorate, which is 
responsible for ensuring that we comply 
with drinking water quality regulations  
and the Environment Agency, which 
controls water abstraction, river pollution 
and flooding.

In addition, we work closely with other 
agencies, such as the Department for 
Environment, Food and Rural Affairs 
(Defra), the Consumer Council for Water 
and Natural England as we aim to achieve 
the highest customer service and 
environmental standards, while offering our 
customers the lowest possible prices.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

3

Severn Trent Services 
Find out more on page 19

Severn Trent Services is one of the world’s leading providers 
of water and waste water operational and treatment solutions. 
We have a reputation for continuous innovation, reliable and 
quality services and leadership in our selected markets.

i

w
e
v
r
e
v
O

Key strengths

•  Our business has a clear strategy for 
long term growth, which focuses on 
the growing global demand for clean 
water and safe and efficient waste 
water treatment.

•  We are known around the world for 

quality, reliability and stability.

•  We provide Operating Services  

to an increasing number of utilities, 
municipalities and commercial 
customers in a growing number  
of countries.

•  In Water Purification, our products  

and services enjoy a strong position  
in high growth, high margin markets 
such as disinfection, filtration, 
adsorption and marine/offshore  
waste water treatments.

•  We operate at the forefront of 

advanced water treatment technology.

•  We have a long term track record of 

growth and cost control.

Our purpose statement
We are trusted as leading experts in water. 

We endeavour to always deliver solutions 
that are right for our customers and  
the environment.

We build long term relationships by 
understanding and acting on our customers’ 
needs, delivering value and behaving with 
integrity in everything we do.

Our businesses
Severn Trent Services provides products 
and services to water and waste water 
utilities, municipalities and commercial 
customers around the world. Our global 
headquarters are in Fort Washington, 
Pennsylvania, USA. We also have 21 other 
offices worldwide.

We have three principal business groups:

•  Operating Services  
•  Water Purification 
•  Analytical Services

Growth strategy
•   Continuing the geographic expansion of 

our products and services.

•   Expanding the scope of our operating 
services to existing clients around  
the world.

•   Enhancing products and operations to 

improve our effectiveness and efficiency.

•   Developing new technologies at  
the forefront of water and waste  
water solutions.

Key Strategic Initiatives
Eight Key Strategic Initiatives define our 
strategy and how we intend to achieve  
our objectives:

•   Increase employee engagement.

•   Continuously improve quality, health, 

safety and environmental performance.

•   Deliver what customers value.

•   Establish long term contracts and strong 

sales channel relationships.

•   Expand our global technology programme.

•   Continue to build a strong, coherent and 

respected brand.

•   Optimise processes and organisational 

capabilities.

•   Invest in strategic acquisitions  

and partnerships to supplement  
organic growth.

Number of offices worldwide

22

Employees

3,097

Turnover £m
2009/10 (down 0.8%)

2010

2009

Profit* £m
2009/10 (down 5.9%)

2010

2009

336.5

339.3

28.7

30.5

* before interest, tax and exceptional items

4

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Chairman’s statement

Sir John Egan, Chairman

As this report covers the last full year of my tenure as Chairman of 
Severn Trent Plc, I am pleased to report on yet another year of 
significant improvement. We faced the challenges of the coldest 
winter for 30 years and an economic environment which remains 
challenging, yet Tony Wray, our Chief Executive, and his team have 
delivered substantially increased group profit before interest, tax 
and exceptional items. We have continued to attain higher 
standards through process improvements, development of 
supporting technology and systems, and the training and 
development of our people.

Building on our track record of continuous improvement, the board 
has overseen the progression of Severn Trent Water from the final 
year of AMP4 to embarking on the next five year programme AMP5. 

At a professional and personal level, it is particularly gratifying to 
have presided over five years during which we have moved from 
being a business with a number of serious problems to overcome,  
to a company recognised as offering good service, continuous 
improvement and well placed to deliver further advances. 

This year, Tony and our employees achieved upper quartile 
performance in nine of our 20 Key Performance Indicators.  
Our dedicated employees have engaged in a range of activities 
which have helped to accelerate our efficiency programmes and 
achieved tangible improvements in customer service, sewer 
flooding reduction, health and safety performance and water quality.

We have succeeded in delivering this performance at the same  
time as offering the lowest average water and sewerage bills in 
England and Wales. The cost of all Severn Trent water and waste 
services is, on average, less than 83p per day, per household, with 
bills falling by 0.72% in 2010/11 and set to decrease by 4% in total 
over the next five years.

These advances in our regulated business are complemented by 
the expertise we have across global markets through Severn Trent 
Services, where our ‘Blueprint for growth’ will shape sustainable 
growth in the years ahead. 

Group results
Group profit before tax, gains/losses on financial instruments and 
exceptional items was £338.4 million (2009: £273.5 million). Group 
profit before tax was £334.4 million (2009: £167.6 million).

The board is proposing a final dividend of 45.61 pence (2009: 41.05 
pence) to be paid on 30 July 2010. This would give a total dividend 
of 72.32 pence per ordinary share, an increase of 7.4%.

Corporate responsibility performance
We develop, manage and operate Severn Trent for long term 
sustainable benefits for all our stakeholders.

I am proud to be able to say that 20% of Severn Trent Water’s total 
energy requirements were met from our own renewable sources  
in 2009/10, and our target is to grow this to 30%. This year’s 
performance has consolidated our leadership position in the sector 
on generation from renewable sources. Meanwhile, our continued 
focus on creating and maintaining a safe working environment 
resulted in a 17% reduction in group lost time incidents during 
2009/10. This focus on health and safety has in turn driven 
improved processes and efficiency.

Board
Gordon Fryett, Director of Property at Tesco, was appointed to the 
boards of Severn Trent Plc and Severn Trent Water Limited from 
1 July 2009, and his experience has already added value to the 
board’s activities.

On 10 May 2010 we announced the appointment of Andy Duff  
as Chairman designate of Severn Trent. He brings with him the 
experience of running utilities and other essential infrastructure 
businesses at UK and international level, and I wish him  
every success.

As I report on page 35, we have set out our strong commitment to 
good governance at Severn Trent and have put in place solid 
foundations for the next period.

Outlook
I am pleased to confirm that we have delivered our planned 
operating costs savings over the past year, and delivered our 
capital programme for the AMP4 period. 

By accelerating our new programmes ahead of AMP5, we have 
ensured Severn Trent’s plans are well advanced. Innovation  
has been a key theme in completing the latter part of our AMP4 
programme and will be central to meeting our targets during  
the next regulatory period: we have further developed our  
“one supply chain” with our contractors and suppliers, creating 
shared experience, knowledge and offices to deliver our  
capital programme. 

Through our focus on continuous improvement, we plan to put 
Severn Trent Water ahead of the rest of the industry in operating 
efficiency by 2015, with customers still benefiting from the lowest 
average bills in England and Wales.

Meanwhile, Severn Trent Services overcame a difficult economic 
environment and delivered improved results during the second half 
of the year. The company continues to concentrate on higher 
growth and higher margin market segments where our water and 
waste water products and services meet a significant need. 

As I prepare to hand over to a new Chairman, I believe we are on 
the threshold of great change across the water sector – be it within 
companies, among regulators or within the policy framework which 
shapes the industry and its conduct. Now is the time to change 
course while preserving the achievements of 20 successful years 
of water privatisation. 

I will leave with the belief that longer term, our operational 
excellence, low cost base, geography and the growing expertise  
of Severn Trent Services as our non-regulated business gives 
confidence that Severn Trent is well placed to take advantage of 
the opportunities that change will bring.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

5

i

w
e
v
r
e
v
O

regulatory period, backed by significant lead-in investments to 
improve our processes and the capabilities of our people. Along the 
way we have invested in systems and technologies, implementing 
SAP and building our new telemetry systems to improve monitoring 
of our network and lower our operating costs. We rolled out our 
Safer Better Faster (SBF) process improvement programme to 
more areas of our business to ensure we work in smarter and leaner 
ways. We made early progress with our future capital plans, and  
the new Severn Trent Centre in Coventry is already close to 
completion and ready for us to move in some 1,700 staff this 
autumn. All of which means we enter AMP5 with our plans for the 
period well advanced.

Severn Trent Services
The global economic downturn made this a challenging year for 
Severn Trent Services. Nevertheless, by continuing to focus on 
longer term growth, our complementary non-regulated business 
maintained customer confidence and remains in good shape. 
Operating Services performed well, and continued to grow. Water 
Purification and Analytical Services were harder hit by the 
recession, effectively losing a year of growth. That said, the order 
book remains high at Water Purification and by the end of the year 
performance was moving back on a growth track. At Analytical 
Services we look forward to starting the new 10 year Yorkshire 
Water contract, building on a restructured and lower cost base.

Looking to the long term
As we make the transition from one regulatory period to another, the 
water industry in England and Wales is reaching a critical point.

At Severn Trent we believe we are in a strong position to deal with the 
challenges ahead. Our operational performance, financial strength, 
geography and low cost base differentiate us from other companies. 
We relish the challenge of finding innovative solutions to tough 
problems and are firmly committed to delivering the lowest charges in 
England and Wales for our customers. We will also continue to 
support our complementary business Severn Trent Services. 

We are, of course, committed to responsible business conduct. 
Every day we’re delivering water and waste water services and 
treatment solutions to customers globally, we’re investing in local, 
regional and national economies, and we’re doing this with a focus 
on minimising our carbon footprint. This is the real heart of corporate 
responsibility and for us it’s business as usual. It’s about keeping our 
prices down for our customers, being a good, safe and attractive 
employer and safeguarding the environments in which we work. 

Last, but by no means least, we have a great team of people in both 
Severn Trent and in our supply chain partners. Wherever I go in our 
business I’m impressed by the motivation and commitment of our 
people, whether they’re keeping our customers supplied with quality 
water, reducing pollution incidents and sewer flooding, producing 
record levels of renewables, improving customer service metrics in 
a tough economic environment, or delivering technological solutions 
and getting it right first time. It’s thanks to them that we move into 
AMP5 with confidence and the kind of strength you would expect 
from a company with ambitions to be the best water and waste water 
company in the UK.

Finally, may I take this opportunity to thank Sir John for his huge 
contribution to Severn Trent over the past five years, and his 
exemplary leadership through some challenging as well as 
successful times for our company. I wish him all the best for the 
future, and give him my personal thanks for the unstinting support 
that he has given to me in my role as Chief Executive.

Chief Executive’s review

Tony Wray, Chief Executive

We head into the first year of AMP5 confident 
that the hard work our people have been doing 
in recent years makes us well prepared to meet 
the challenges of the future.

In 2009/10 we continued to deliver what we set out to do in our KPIs 
and business strategy, focusing on improving our performance and 
successfully completing AMP4. At the same time we set about 
preparing our businesses for the next regulatory period and gearing 
up for the longer term issues facing the water industry as a whole.

Improving performance across our group
In 2009/10 we faced pressures on two fronts – continuing impact 
from the economic downturn and the additional challenge of  
coping with the coldest winter for 30 years. Nevertheless, we 
performed well on the financial front, continued to make process 
and efficiency improvements throughout our businesses and 
delivered excellent service. 

As we reach the end of the regulatory period our performance has 
improved to position us better for AMP5. AMP4 was not without its 
difficulties but we used our learning to transform our business, 
putting our performance and our company in a strong position to 
meet the challenges of the next five years and beyond. 

Severn Trent Water
Over the past five years we have been setting ever higher standards 
to achieve better levels of customer satisfaction and improve our 
environmental, financial and regulatory performance. We delivered 
good results and maintained our dividend promise. We significantly 
reduced customer complaints, tackling sewer flooding and 
increasing the reliability of water supplies across our region. We 
achieved our own financial targets and those set by Ofwat to meet 
our ongoing commitment to be the best water and waste water 
company in the UK, with the highest standards, the lowest possible 
charges for our customers and with great people.

In December 2009, our journey of continuous improvement was 
recognised by our peers in the utility sector who named us Utility 
Company of the Year, a prestigious award, one we feel very proud 
of winning. That journey has been paving the way for the next 

6

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Severn Trent Water – Our industry

The achievements of the water industry in  
the 20 years since privatisation are well 
documented – service to customers has 
improved, new drinking water standards have 
been met, tighter environmental standards have 
been achieved and new investment attracted. 

These successes have been driven by an effective regulatory 
framework which has incentivised companies to become more 
efficient, so keeping bills lower than they would otherwise have 
been. The framework has also provided investor confidence, 
allowing companies to attract financing for an investment 
programme of around £85 billion over the last 20 years to  
deliver the improvements.

However, the successes of the last 20 years have not been without 
consequences. Water company debt has increased significantly, 
customers face higher bills and carbon emissions have increased. 

Organisations that have an influence on how Severn Trent Water is run

The policy and regulatory context for the water sector is complex, with a number of different stakeholders having different remits in 
relation to regulating the industry and developing the policy framework. This is shown below.

Political framework
Including the Department 
for Environment, Food and 
Rural Affairs (Defra) and 
the Welsh Assembly 
Government (WAG).

Environment Agency
The Environment Agency 
(EA) is a public body set up 
to protect and improve the 
environment.

Health and Safety 
Executive
The Health and Safety 
Executive (HSE) is the 
enforcing authority on 
health and safety law.

Water evaporates

Water flows back

Clouds cool, causing rain

Water is cleaned

Ofwat 
The economic regulator  
for the water and sewerage 
industry. It makes sure that 
water companies use 
customers’ money 
efficiently and effectively.

Water is collected

Customers

Water is cleaned

Water is piped

Wildlife organisations
Including the Royal 
Society for the Protection 
of Birds, National Trust 
and the World Wildlife 
Fund.

Natural 
environment
Such as Countryside 
Council for Wales 
and Natural England.

Drinking Water 
Inspectorate
The Drinking Water 
Inspectorate (DWI) 
makes sure 
companies supply 
water that is safe to 
drink and complies 
with all national and 
European standards.

Consumer Council for Water
Consumer Council for Water (CCWater)  
is an independent body designed to 
protect the rights of consumers.

 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

7

In addition, there is a significant projected level of capital investment 
required over the next 20 years to deliver further statutory 
environmental improvements and adapt our services and provide 
asset resilience in the face of climate change.

Changing course
Given these circumstances, we believe now is a critical time for all of 
us with a stake in the industry to question what future direction we 
should take. We have therefore developed our position on these 
issues and published a report, entitled ‘Changing Course: Delivering 
a sustainable future for the water industry in England and Wales’, 
which sets out six key changes we believe are required to meet 
these continuing challenges. 

We believe that implementing these changes would deliver better 
outcomes for customers, investors and the environment. The report 
is available on our website, www.stwater.co.uk/changingcourse

We have engaged with our key stakeholders, including those 
described on page 6, in developing our thinking and we believe there  
is a degree of consensus about the need for, and the direction  
of, change.

We will continue to develop our thinking on these issues and  
work with our stakeholders to influence the way in which the  
sector develops.

i

w
e
v
r
e
v
O

Changing course – six key changes 
required to meet future challenges

Policy changes
•  More flexible implementation of EU 

Directives to ensure a better trade off 
between costs and carbon emissions.

•  Developing competition through water 
trading, which would also optimise 
resources nationally rather than  
just regionally.

Regulatory changes
•  A more flexible approach to 

environmental consents to allow for 
more cost effective approaches.

•  An improved price setting process to 

provide the right incentives for 
sustainable financing, more sustainable 
solutions and increased innovation.

Industry changes
•  Companies must take the lead in driving 
innovation, both in terms of the strategic 
and technical solutions they pursue  
and in shaping the wider direction the 
sector takes.

Changes to the institutional framework
•  Government should prioritise national 

policy outcomes and ensure the 
regulatory framework is set up to  
deliver them.

The judges believe “the company’s ability to 
learn the lessons of difficult years and use 
them to transform performance” will see 
Severn Trent Water continue to make strides 
in the future.

There are some very significant 
challenges ahead and we need 
to ensure we plan effectively 
our own destiny. 

Michael McKeon  
Finance Director

We’ve taken the first step in setting out 
how we believe the industry should 
change. We now want to work with 
government, our regulators and other 
companies to make it happen.

Tony Ballance 
Strategy and Regulation Director

It’s no longer enough just to meet regulatory 
requirements – regulators and politicians 
want to know you’re prepared to go further. 
As a business that’s what we want too – we 
know we’ve got a lot more to give, that’s one 
of the reasons we’re so excited about the 
future.

Tony Wray 
Chief Executive

Utility Company of the Year

Severn Trent Water was named Utility 
Company of the Year in December 2009.

The award judges – a cross section of 
independent figures from consumer 
organisations, the industry, trade journalists 
and the City – commended Severn Trent 
Water for its “professionalism, willingness to 
engage and good practice in dealings 
across the spectrum from customers to the 
supply chain”. 

8

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

We provide 1.8 billion 
litres of drinking water 
each day
Our region encompasses 3.7 million households and 
businesses across the Midlands and mid-Wales.  
We maintain 46,000 km of water mains and 54,000 
km of sewers, employing 5,686 staff.

We are committed to being the best water and 
waste water company in the UK, with the highest 
standards, the lowest possible charges for our 
customers and great people.

Howden Dam, Upper Derwent Valley

i

w
e
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

9

Business review 
Severn Trent Water – Our strategy

Our aim is to become the best water and waste 
water company in the UK, delivering the highest 
standards, lowest possible charges with great 
people, through continuous improvement  
and innovation.

Our strategic direction statement (SDS) sets out our direction of 
travel. To develop the statement, we consulted widely with key 
stakeholders, such as the EA, DWI, Defra, Ofwat, CCWater and 
Natural England. We also carried out detailed market research 
among our domestic and business customers.

The proposals set out in our strategy are based on making the 
improvements our customers tell us they want, while ensuring that 
the economic and environmental impacts of our actions are 
sustainable. They also address the complex and demanding long 
term challenges facing our industry. 

Key Strategic Intentions

Our strategic framework

Our strategic direction is based 
upon eight Key Strategic 
Intentions (KSIs) which reflect 
what matters to our customers 
and wider stakeholder groups. 
We measure our performance 
within each KSI against our  
20 Key Performance Indicators 
(KPIs), and organise the 
information in this report  
around them:

1.  Providing a continuous 
supply of quality water

2.  Dealing effectively with

waste water

3.  Responding to customers’

needs

4.  Minimising our carbon

footprint

5.  Having the lowest possible

charges

6.  Having the right skills to 

deliver

7.  Maintaining investor 

confidence

8.  Promoting an effective 

regulatory regime

More information
www.stwater.co.uk

Our goal...
We do this by...
Our enablers are...
We measure our  
success by... 

Ensuring 
the lowest 
charges

y

g

o

l

y

r

t

o

s

n

u

h

d

c

Improving 
technology 
that works

n

e

I

T

20 KPIs
People

Training and
development

Employing and
developing great
people

Is to be the best
water and waste 
water company 
in the UK

Having the highest 
standards

Being paid for doing 
the right things for 
our customers

An improved
workplace

Simple 
processes
that work

P
r
o
c
e
s
s

E
c
o
n
o
m
ic
 c
o
nte
xt

Focusing on the next regulatory period 2010–2015

Our commitments at a glance

Lower bills on average

Our average household bills (in today’s prices) will be £13 lower in 2014/15 than in 2009/10. 
Our customers will start, and end, the five year period with the lowest average bills of any 
water and waste water company in England and Wales.

Further investment

We are investing around £1.3 million a day in our services, ensuring we continue to deliver a 
safe, reliable supply of drinking water and carry away and treat waste water effectively. 

A more efficient water  
company

We will continually improve the way we work to help keep bills down. By 2015, our efficiency 
improvements will help make up to £8 of the £13 reduction of the average household bill.

 
10

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Business review 
Severn Trent Water – Delivering against our KPIs

Our 20 Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) 
remain the primary basis through which we 
measure our performance and during the year 
we continued to improve our scores in many key 
areas of the business and achieved our targets. 

Customer service levels showed further improvement, a result of 
investing in our people, increasing capability and focusing on process 
and technology improvements – for example, over 100,000 customers 
registered for our online account management system in its first year. 
We improved performance in customer call resolution, maintained our 
high performance in job resolution and delivered a 23% reduction in 
customer written complaints over last year.

Water quality improved again in 2009/10, while for the third year running 
we achieved our leakage target, despite the coldest winter for 30 
years. Our teams reacted quickly to the prolonged period of freezing 
temperatures to bring leakage rates back down as rapidly as possible.

We also maintained our high standards in control of pollutions and 
made further improvements, reducing sewer flooding incidents; our 
continued focus on creating and maintaining a safe working environment 
resulted in a 16% reduction in lost time incidents over last year. 

We have improved our debt management processes and helped 
customers with our WaterSure tariff and Water Direct, a scheme from 
the Department for Work and Pensions which allows payments 
directly from benefits to help customers manage their bills. Against the 
backdrop of the downturn in the economy, debtor days performance 
improved to 32.6 days at March 2010 (March 2009: 33.1) although it 
has become more difficult to collect debt over one year old. As a result, 
we have increased our bad debt charge, which now represents around 
2.5% of turnover (£35.0 million), up from around 2.3% (£31.7 million) at 
the end of last year. We continue to monitor developments closely.

The table opposite sets out our actual performance on the KPIs and 
includes benchmarking against other comparable companies in the 

16%

23%

Improvement in lost time 
incidents 

Fewer customer written 
complaints

89%

74%

water and waste water sector, as well as other companies with similar 
characteristics in other sectors. Our performance is classified in one of 
three categories; lower quartile, upper quartile or median performance. 
We now have nine KPIs where we are achieving upper quartile 
performance (2008/09–11), with nine at median (2008/09–8) and two 
at lower quartile (2008/09 –1). The movement between categories is 
partly due to improved benchmarks, which we update in September 
every year,  but there are still areas where we need to do more. For 
example, on unplanned interruptions, one of the KPIs in the lower 
quartile, we have not fully addressed issues such as poor network 
condition and incident response, but we have an action plan in place 
focused on improving network monitoring and resilience, and how we 
deal with incidents causing supply interruptions. The other KPI in lower 
quartile, breach of consents, was impacted by non-compliance with 
processes during some site upgrades or routine maintenance, and 
again we have taken action to address these issues. The implementation 
of SAP release 2 will help to provide a more structured approach to 
routine maintenance. 

Although we have made progress in a number of areas we recognise 
there is more to do, and as companies in our sector or elsewhere 
redefine what upper quartile means, our objectives move with them.

Looking forward to 2010/11 

In our drive for higher standards we have reviewed the measures 
we will need in the future to demonstrate our progress and to 
reflect the evolution of the regulatory environment. In most cases 
our objectives and regulatory requirements are unchanged as we 
move from AMP4 into AMP5 and so the majority of our KPIs will 
remain unchanged.

However, five KPIs will have improved measures:

•  KPI 10 Gross capex vs. final determination

•  KPI 11 Capital process quality to be introduced in 2011/12

•  KPI 15 Pollution incidents (cat 1, 2 and 3) per 1,000 properties

•  KPI 17 Sewage treatment works – breach of consents

•  KPI 19 Net energy use

And two new KPIs will be introduced:

•  KPI 18 Supply availability, replacing security of supply

•  KPI 14 Ofwat efficient billing factor to be introduced in 2011/12, 

replacing cost to serve per property

First time call resolution – billing

Employee motivation

We will provide more detail on these during 2010/11.

KPI Sewer flooding incidents

Promoting the proper disposal of fats, oils 
and greases (FOG)

Last year we outlined this trial as part of our 
work to reduce sewer flooding through 
community support. This year we are 
pleased to bring you a further update  
and some good results.

Through a partnership with national charity 
Community Service Volunteers (CSV), a 
project called ‘Grease Lightening’ was set up 
in south east Birmingham to raise awareness 

of the problems caused by disposing of FOG 
down the sink.

The scheme has shown positive results. 
The proportion of households in the area 
that dispose of FOG down the drain reduced 
from 26% in February 2009 to 17% in 
October 2009.

This also resulted in a reduction in actual 
sewer flooding incidents in the area. There 
were 52 flooding incidents as a result of 
FOG between April and November 2008. 
This reduced to just 17 incidents in the same 
period in 2009.

2008/09  
Performance

2009/10  
performance

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

11

0.36

74%

131

4.95

89%

10.09

0.12

96.5%

5%

6.1%

0.07

32.6

492.4

231.03

0.08

0.131

0.31%

99

435

497

i

w
e
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

At a glance

2009/10  
quartile

Upper

Median

Upper

Upper

Median

Lower

Median

Upper

Upper

Median

Median

Median

Upper

Upper

Median

Upper

Lower

Median

Upper

Median

Basis

KPI

MAT

Lost time incidents per 100,000 hrs worked 1

QR

Employee motivation % 2

MAT

Water quality (test failure rate) ppm

MAT

Customer written complaints per 1,000 properties 3,4

MAT

First time call resolution for billing % 5

MAT

Unplanned interruptions > 6 hrs per 1,000 properties 3

NPR

Properties at risk of low pressure per 1,000 properties 3, 6

MAT

First time job resolution % 5

QR

Non-performance against regulatory obligations % 5

AMP

Capex (gross) vs final determination % 7

MAT

Capital process quality (number of defects per £100k) 5

ACT

Debtor days 8

MAT

Opex vs final determination (UK GAAP) £m 8

MAT

Cost to serve per property £ 9

0.43

83%

200

6.44

88%

7.29

1.21

96.0%

10%

5.0%

0.00

33.1

500.9

236.53

MAT

Pollution incidents (cat 1, 2 and 3) per 1,000 properties 10, 11

0.08

MAT

Sewer flooding incidents – other causes per 1,000 properties 3

0.172

PPS

Sewage treatment works – breach of consents % 10

0.00%

IDX

Security of supply

MAT

Net energy use – kWh/MI 5, 12

MLE

Leakage MI/d 3

98

440

492

Key

  Improved quartile

  Maintained quartile

  Declined quartile

Notes 

1.  Actual performance across all employees and 

7.  Actual performance based on audited UK  

MAT  =  Moving Annual Total
QR  =  Quarterly Review
NPR  =  Number of Properties on Register
AMP  =  Asset Management Plan 4
PPS  =  Percentage of Population Served
MLE  =  Maximum Likelihood Estimate
ACT  =  Year end Actual
IDX  =  Year end Index

agency staff.

2.  Performance based on quarterly survey of 10%  

of permanent employees.

3.  As reported in June Return to Ofwat. Performance 
figures are provisional at this stage as the June 
Return will be submitted to Ofwat on 11 June 2010.

4.  Performance excludes properties billed by other 

water companies.

5.  Actual performance based partially or wholly  

on internal data.

6.  Benchmark has been compiled using data 
inclusive of information from pressure  
loggers, previously calculated exclusive of 
pressure loggers.

GAAP financial statements for AMP4 ended  
31 March 2010.

8.  Actual performance based on audited UK  

GAAP financial statements for the year ended  
31 March 2010.

9.  Actual performance based on audited regulatory 
accounts for the year ended 31 March 2010.
10. Measure for calendar year to 31 December 2009.
11. Actual performance for calendar year 2009 

equates to 332 pollution incidents (2008: 313).
12. Metrics of this KPI changed from waste water 
returned in 08/09 to waste water treated in  
09/10. Prior year performance has been  
restated accordingly.

 
12

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Business review 
Severn Trent Water – Performance

In the final year of AMP4 we continued to 
improve our financial and operational 
performance, and make our corporate 
responsibilities part and parcel of the way we 
operate and plan for the future. At the same time 
we prepared for AMP5 with lead-in capital 
investments, putting us in a strong position to 
meet the challenges of the new regulatory period 
and beyond.

Focus on highest standards
In 2009/10 and throughout AMP4 we continued to improve our 
standards in water, waste water and customer services while 
minimising our carbon footprint. 

KSI: Providing a continuous supply of quality water
In 2009 we delivered 99.97% overall compliance with DWI water 
quality regulatory standards, maintaining one of the best records in 
the industry. We completed our programme of pressure logger 
deployment and implemented improvements to our network to 
reduce the numbers of customers experiencing low pressure from 
1,546 to 424 and achieve our KPIs. 

During the year we have made significant organisational changes. 
We designed and introduced a 24/7 shift system, giving us 
distribution teams available at all times to meet customer needs.  
We have also made major structural changes in our Asset Creation 
team to create the ‘expert client’ capability we need as part of our 
“one supply chain” strategy (see page 16) for AMP5. These 
changes have been built upon and continue the Safer Better Faster 
(SBF) process improvement programme way of working.

The severe winter’s snow and ice prevented us reaching parts of our 
network, caused issues on production works and resulted in a 12% 
increase in the number of burst pipes. Thanks to our teams’ rapid 
response we were still able to achieve Ofwat’s leakage target for  
the third successive year. However, there was an increase in the 
number of unplanned supply interruptions and this will remain an 
area of focus for us in 2010/11.

From AMP4 to AMP5 
We have completed a major programme of capital works at  
our biggest treatment works in Frankley, Birmingham, investing  
£54 million to enable us to treat 120Ml/d of water pumped from the 
River Severn at Trimpley works. This additional supply resilience 
and capacity contributed to our improved Security of Supply Index 
(SOSI), moving to 99, and fulfilling our section 19 undertaking with 
Ofwat. Additionally we have installed a new works control system 
and have decommissioned the bulk chlorine gas system used for 
disinfection and replaced it with a system using on site generation. 
Having removed this safety risk for local residents and employees 
we will continue our programme of bulk chlorine removal in AMP5.

Building on lessons learned following the 2007 floods, we have 
included in our business plan £165 million of investment to improve 
the resilience of our supply system. We have commenced our 
planning for AMP5 early and have made a good start to creating the 
“one supply chain” with our contract partners taking accountability 
for the detailed design of our schemes as well as their construction.

AMP4 highlights included:

•   completing the Frankley scheme and reducing leakage to  
achieve a SOSI of 99 and fulfil the section 19 undertaking;

•  renewing 1,289 km of mains; and

•   reinforcing of the network in Derbyshire, Nottinghamshire,  

Powys and Shropshire to improve water supplies during periods 
of peak demand.

In AMP5 we will improve our asset investment processes using the 
improved operational and plant performance information, available 
due to our investments in information technology. We will improve 
the resilience and performance of our assets through better 
maintenance and operation. We will also continue to increase our 
standards and reduce our costs through process improvement  
and SBF.

KPI Opex vs final determination

Operating more efficiently through Safer 
Better Faster (SBF) process improvement 
programme.

Based on lean management techniques 
used widely in manufacturing but relatively 
uncommon in our own industry, we 
launched SBF in Severn Trent Water three 
years ago. The programme upskills 
managers and front line employees and 
enables them to continuously improve 

processes and performance. SBF is  
becoming the way we work on a day to day 
basis. The efficiency gains we are reporting 
and the new ways of working proved 
invaluable during the cold winter. For 
instance, we were able to call on staff from 
our billing call centre and meter reading 
teams to help tackle our leakage effort, and 
transfer teams across regions to where they 
were needed most.

Team using communications as part of SBF

i

w
e
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

13

KSI: Dealing effectively with waste water 
In 2009/10 we reduced the number of pollution incidents for the third 
consecutive year, this time by 12.5%. We successfully installed 
more remote monitoring on our sewerage network and rolled out 
SBF to around 1,020 staff, saving over £2 million in operating costs 
whilst responding faster to customers’ needs. We were also more 
effective when we responded, with an average of 90% of all jobs 
resolved first time, an improvement of 20% over two years. 

Due to a small rise in the number of failures at our works, particularly 
during the first seven months of 2009, our sewage treatment breach 
of consents KPI deteriorated to lower quartile. We are dissatisfied 
with this position but as a result of detailed investigations, we do 
understand in each case why this has happened. We have put in 
place a detailed performance improvement plan which will ensure 
the correct level of focus and activity whilst we get performance 
back on track.

From AMP4 to AMP5
Overall, we ended AMP4 with stable serviceability and continued 
improvements to our network. The work we undertook through the 
period is now bearing fruit, with 15% fewer customer complaints and 
12.5% fewer pollution incidents. 

AMP4 highlights included:

•   improving river quality through a 95% reduction in the number of 

unsatisfactory intermittent sewerage discharges;

•   sustaining high levels of effluent and sludge quality through a 

£450 million maintenance programme; and

•   generating 176 gigawatt hours of renewable energy from 

sewerage and waste water, saving the equivalent of 95,776 
tonnes of carbon.

In AMP5 we will continue to build on the successes we have had in 
serviceability, customer services and the performance of our people 
and our assets. A significant change for us and our customers in 
AMP5 will be the transfer of individual customers’ private sewers 
into water company ownership. This is designed to reduce the risk 
of future liability and repair costs to the benefit of customers and 
help promote the integrated management of the sewerage network. 
The transfer is currently forecast to happen in October 2011. This 
will see approximately 37,000 km of existing private sewers transfer 
into our ownership, along with responsibility for repair and 
maintenance. We also expect that up to 4,000 private pumping 
stations will transfer on a phased basis over 5 –10 years following 
the sewer transfer. We await the consultation on the regulations 
which will confirm the scope and timing of transfer. In the meantime, 

we have continued to engage with regulators and government to put 
in place the necessary regulatory and business response with the 
aim of delivering an efficient service to customers following transfer.

A key challenge we face is the need to strike a good balance 
between improving river ecology and carbon production. Large 
scale capital projects are not always the best answer. We need to 
become more innovative, finding ways of improving river quality 
while keeping down carbon emissions and costs. One example is 
catchment management where we are working with farmers and 
industrialists, providing incentives for them to discharge less effluent 
or toxic waste at their sites into water courses. We have also joined 
forces with the Environment Agency to explore options around the 
way sewage treatment discharge consents are set and enforced.

KSI: Responding to customers’ needs 
2009/10 was a year of continuous improvement, where we have 
built on initiatives already in place through staff training and 
capabilities. For the third year running we reduced written customer 
complaints per 1,000 properties by 23% and our first time call 
resolution for billing improved slightly to 89%. We also maintained 
our first time job resolution performance at 96.5%. Our goal of 34.3  
debtor days was harder to achieve because unemployment and 
insolvencies were higher than anticipated. We achieved 32.6 days 
which, after allowing for increased levels of bad debt write off, was 
aligned to last year’s performance. This helped to mitigate the 
impact on income through a difficult period.

Following the launch of our online account management service 
over 100,000 customers have already registered. They will now 
have direct control over their accounts, being able to update 
personal details including changing address, choosing their 
payment methods and the option to receive their bill electronically.

The recession meant more vulnerable people needed help to pay 
their bills. We invested £5.5 million in the Severn Trent Trust Fund in 
2009/10, set up to support customers in genuine need of financial 
assistance, and helped over 4,000 customers through our 
WaterSure tariff. More people signed up to Water Direct, a third 
party deduction scheme from the Department for Work and 
Pensions, and opted to pay their bills through a payment plan or 
direct debit. We also set up a relationship team to work with 
landlords such as councils and housing associations. This will help 
us tackle bad debt by encouraging landlords to provide us with 
information that can help track tenants moving in and out of 
properties, in particular those who move often.

KPI Capex (gross) vs Final Determination

AMP4 has seen the completion of a 
significant number of investment 
programmes. 

In Albrighton, Shropshire, we invested  
a significant amount to improve the 
infrastructure and, in turn, prevent  
sewer flooding.

A £6 million investment provided the solution 
and took 15 months to complete. This 
comprised installing a combination of 
tunnelled and open cut sewers. 

Throughout the scheme we worked hard to 
minimise the impact on the local community 
and businesses. Public meetings, a resident 
engineer and drop in centres were 
fundamental in establishing community wide 
trust and a shared vision.

The successful delivery of the Albrighton 
scheme has directly benefited local 
internally and externally flooded properties 
and it now forms a key part of our strategic 
solution for Albrighton.

The new Albrighton sewer

 
14

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Business review  Severn Trent Water – Performance (continued)

From AMP4 to AMP5
We improved performance against many of our customer service 
KPIs in AMP4, moving them from lower quartile to upper quartile a 
year ahead of schedule in 2010.

One of our challenges in AMP5 will be maintaining high standards 
while changing the way we measure our performance. In AMP4 we 
measured our progress against one set of performance indicators; 
in AMP5 we will shift to Ofwat’s recently set service incentive 
measurements. For instance, as well as measuring how quickly we 
answer a call we will also evaluate how happy the customer is with 
the interaction.

Benchmark tests show we are strong on process compliance and 
have highly trained contact centre staff – we will continue to focus 
our efforts in improving further the service we provide to all our 
customers through continued upskilling of our teams. With a strong 
operating platform in place and opportunities to outsource routine 
back office processes, we will achieve these service improvements 
with minimal investment and without disruption to our service.

For AMP5 we elected to retain optional metering. Our research 
showed customers preferred to have a choice and at this point we 
do not feel compulsory metering is necessary. New homes, 
however, will continue to be metered. 

KSI: Minimising our carbon footprint
We are always on the lookout for ways to reduce our energy usage, 
with targets set for every aspect of our business. Overall company 
electricity usage was 897 gigawatt hours, a reduction of 19 gigawatt 
hours when compared to 2008/09. 

In 2009/10 we focused on reducing energy usage at our small sites 
by initiating a read programme for all meters where bills were 
previously calculated on estimated readings. 

The production of renewable energy reached a record level of 183 
gigawatt hours, a 12% increase on the previous year and around 
20% of our total consumption. This was despite the impact of the 
cold weather which reduced the production of biogas from our 
sewage treatment works.

From AMP4 to AMP5
We made good progress in developing other sources of renewable 
energy during this period and are now moving forward with the 
planning and development of wind turbines as well as energy  
from a new crop plant at Stoke Bardolph in Nottinghamshire.  
AMP4 highlights include:

•   achieving the UK government goal of 20% renewable energy by 

2020, 10 years ahead of schedule, in 2010;

•   receiving the Carbon Trust Standard by showing a reduction in 
carbon emissions over the last three years and having a robust 
carbon management programme in place; and

•   being on course to achieve our goal to produce 30% renewable 

energy by 2014/15. We keep a close eye on government 
incentives in this area, where the economic or technological 
viability of initiatives and processes are changing.

A safer workplace
In 2009/10 we improved our lost time incidents per 100,000 hours to 
0.36, a reduction of 16% on the previous year. Our performance is 
now close to best in class. Our RIDDOR (Reporting of Injuries, 
Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences (Regulations)) rate was 0.31, 
falling short of our measure of 0.28. 

As part of the business planning process we commissioned an 
independent safety risk expert to analyse the risk profile of our 
activities, allowing us to prioritise our improvement projects. 

We won 18 awards, one of which was a company Gold award for 
our overall improvement programme. As well as winning RoSPA 
(Royal Society for the Prevention of Accidents) awards ourselves, 
we organised a joint ceremony with RoSPA for our award-winning 
contractors and suppliers. Twenty-two of our suppliers won RoSPA 
awards in 2009/10, eight of which were gold. 

From AMP4 to AMP5
The most significant shift in engaging people to make a safer place 
to work came about through fresh approaches to safety. More 
employees are taking on the roles of Safety Representatives and 
Safety Coaches, working with managers to improve our culture and 
environment. The culture has improved to such an extent that, from 
1 April 2010, health and safety will continue as the responsibility of 
specific business areas working on improvement plans with only a 
small central team to help with planning and coordination.

KPI Net Energy Use

Severn Trent Water has been awarded  
the Carbon Trust Standard, an 
independent assessment and 
endorsement of the company’s carbon 
reduction and management 
programmes.

To achieve this third party recognition, 
Severn Trent Water had to demonstrate a 
reduction in its carbon emissions and a 
robust carbon management standard.

“Holding the Standard not only gives 
external recognition of our carbon 

management approach and achievements, 
but is also an important metric for the 
Carbon Reduction Commitment (CRC),” 
said Andrew Gardner, General Manager 
Energy and Carbon Management.

The CRC is the government’s carbon cap 
and trade scheme which came into force in 
April 2010 and is part of its strategy to 
reduce UK carbon emissions.

i

w
e
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

15

Focus on lowest charges
To ensure we meet our commitment to have the lowest possible 
charges we need to make the right investments in the right 
programmes to deliver the right customer and environmental 
standards as efficiently as possible.

KSI: Having the lowest possible charges
Despite continuing economic pressures during 2009/10 our financial 
and operational performance showed continued improvement 
across the board as we ended the fiscal year and closed out AMP4. 
Trading was in line with our expectations, as were operating costs 
and capital expenditure. The continuing rise in unemployment and a 
record number of insolvencies in the first half of the year meant the 
bad debt charge moved up slightly to 2.5% of turnover. While 
insolvency levels are returning to normal levels, we will continue to 
monitor developments closely. 

From AMP4 to AMP5
The tough efficiency plans we set out in our Final Business Plan  
are reflected in Ofwat’s Final Determination. Considerable lead-in 
investments during the final year of AMP4, however, mean we are 
well prepared to meet the requirements of AMP5. The investments 
were focused in four areas:

1   Systems and technologies – Phase 1 of SAP went live in 

December 2009 in Human Resources, Finance and Procurement. 
Implemented on time and to cost, it has allowed us to make savings 
in our business service areas early in AMP5.

2   People and processes – We rolled out the Safer Better Faster 

process improvement programme to more of our teams. This helps 
us to make our processes leaner, improving our ability to get it  
right first time every time, upskilling our workforce to enable it to 
work in different ways and areas of the business, and giving our 
people a better understanding of how their work fits into our 
business as a whole.

3   Accommodation – As we reported last year our accommodation 
strategy is set and work is now well in hand to create the right 
property portfolio to support us for the future. The key project 
within our programme is the construction of Severn Trent Centre 
in Coventry. This building has been certified BREEAM (Building 
Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method) 
excellent and its exceptionally low carbon output is matched by  
its exceptionally low water consumption. From autumn onwards 
1,700 people will be moving into our new Centre.

4   Energy – Investment in our renewable energy programme 

provides a natural hedge against rising wholesale energy prices. 
We are in the process of growing the UK’s first commercial scale 
energy crop at Stoke Bardolph, Nottinghamshire, as well as 
planning wind turbines and further renewable energy generation 
from sewage sludge. 

KSI: Maintaining investor confidence 
This was a challenging price review, with the Draft Determination for  
the AMP5 period, published by Ofwat in July 2009, being significantly 
different to our Final Business Plan. This prompted investor concerns 
over our ability to deliver the required outputs within the capital and 
operational expenditure limits set, and to finance this investment. We 
made a number of representations to Ofwat over the autumn, as well as 
encouraging our shareholders and other stakeholders to express their 
own views. 

This was a constructive process, and the Final Determination 
published in November 2009 more closely reflected our Final 
Business Plan, the one remaining area of difference being the 
weighted average cost of capital, which Ofwat set at 4.5% 
compared with 5% in our Final Business Plan. We have confidence 
in our ability to meet the challenges ahead.

KPI Lost time incidents

There is clear evidence to show that 
effective reporting of near misses helps 
to improve overall safety performance. 
An analysis of health and safety incident 
reporting in our Sewage Treatment team 
suggested a significant under reporting 
of near misses.
To address this, a Near Miss Reporting 
Project Team was formed with the objective 
of developing a process that would increase 
the number of near misses reported within 
Sewage Treatment. This, in turn lead to a 
safer working environment and a reduction 
in the number of injuries.
The team produced a simple and clear 

process for reporting near misses and 
tracking closure of any remedial actions. 
Following a successful trial the process was 
fully implemented across Sewage Treatment.
An objective of the project was also to 
develop a process which could be replicated 
across other departments in Severn Trent 
Water. The Water Distribution department 
has adapted the near miss reporting process 
and consequently has also had a marked 
increase in near misses reported which has 
helped to reduce its lost time injury rate.
The implementation of the process has 
helped to create a safer working environment 
and by involving staff in developing 
solutions has helped in overall improvement 
of health and safety behaviour.

Our teams in the field with the appropriate  
safety equipment

 
16

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Business review  Severn Trent Water – Performance (continued)

From AMP4 to AMP5 
We will continue to be open and proactive in our communications 
with shareholders and other stakeholders. We have updated our 
KPIs to ensure they continue to demonstrate our drive for higher 
standards in the future, and to reflect the evolution of the regulatory 
environment. We will continue to report on our progress each year.

KSI: Promoting an effective regulatory regime
Our regulatory performance is on track and we are in a strong 
position to tackle whatever challenges the future might hold.

From AMP4 to AMP 5
We believe we have done more than many other water companies to 
help shape the future of the regulatory framework and we are well 
placed to contribute to the debate with policymakers and Ofwat. 

There is a growing consensus that the current policy and regulatory 
framework of the industry is not sustainable long term and we  
have made our own contribution to the debate with our “Changing 
Course” report, published in April 2010 and available on our website. 
We will continue to have discussions with shareholders and 
policymakers alike to help shape the future of our industry in the 
interests of our customers, the environment and our shareholders. 

Focus on great people
To become the best water and waste water company in the UK  
we need to have the right people and provide them with the right 
technology and facilities, and a safe, modern environment in which 
to do their jobs both within the company and in our supply chain.

KSI: Having the right skills to deliver 
The final year of AMP4 has been one of considerable change for our 
employees involving upskilling, an impending major office move, the 
introduction of new technology and a new pay system as we gear up 
for AMP5. We report that our employee surveys show our workforce 
remains positively engaged at 74% (2009: 83%), even though it was 
challenged by many changes.

We are committed to creating a diverse workforce which reflects the 
communities in which we operate. We believe that a diverse and 
inclusive culture is a key factor in being a successful business. We aim 
to have employees who are inspired and motivated and who are on a 
journey towards our vision of a diverse, engaged workforce. Our 
diversity strategy is aimed beyond basic compliance towards a more 
proactive approach. We do not badge diversity, but ensure that it is an 
integral part of how we work by integrating the concepts of treating 
everyone fairly and valuing differences in how we think, behave and 
operate. Our aim is to reflect the community we work in and serve and 
to ensure that we are an attractive employer. We measure our 
diversity performance against external benchmarks and our 
recruitment and training initiatives are resulting in a gradual increase 
in the diversity of our people.

and creating shared offices for our capital 
programme teams. Such collaboration is 
essential if we are to continuously improve 
and encourage the sharing of best practice.

KPI Capital Process Quality

Focus on innovation in  
our supply chain
Innovation has been a key theme of the latter 
part of AMP4 and will be central to meeting 
our targets during the next regulatory period. 
Over the past year we further developed “one 
supply chain” with our contractors and 
suppliers in readiness for AMP5, investing in 
strengthening relationships, reviewing the 
way we share experiences and knowledge, 

Our “one supply chain” at work

i

w
e
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

17

One of the consequences of introducing new systems and 
improving our performance is that we are able to operate more 
efficiently at a higher standard with fewer people. Unfortunately,  
that has led to the loss of around 275 posts in our central functions. 
All of these will be through voluntary redundancy and we will ensure 
everyone affected is treated with care and respect.

Looking forward to 2010/11 

Looking forward to the next five years, we enter AMP5 in a 
stronger position, with our plans well advanced due to our 
“early start” approach with contractors, SAP implementation 
and real estate rationalisation. The business is well placed to 
achieve higher levels of operational excellence and we will 
continue to work hard to maintain the lowest charges for our 
customers working with our great people.

From AMP4 to AMP5
By the end of AMP4 nearly 60% of our employees had been 
introduced to tools and techniques that help them continuously 
improve their performance through the SBF way of working. Our 
employees have shown tremendous commitment in improving our 
company by supporting the programme, which we will roll out to the 
rest of the business over the next two years.

During the latter part of AMP4 we invested in technology and 
workplace improvements that will help us meet the efficiency 
savings of AMP5 and aid our business into the future:

•   we aligned our technology strategy to our KSIs, allowing us to 
measure how our IT investments are helping us improve our 
business and services;

•   the first release of our £70 million SAP implementation program 
went ahead without any significant disruption to our operations, 
improving our back office operations and reducing costs. Release 
2 is now in development and is planned to go live in summer 
2010, improving operating systems for our operational workforce 
and asset management teams;

•   following consultations with employees over the move to the 
Severn Trent Centre in Coventry we have developed support 
systems, such as assisted travel costs, to ease the transition 
and aid green travel plans;

•   we have embarked on a £20 million transformation of the 

technology our people use to do their day to day work. This 
includes a new, virtual desktop and a secure system that allows 
our employees to adopt mobile working practices, such as desk 
sharing and access to data and systems from wherever they  
need to; and

•    through our Emerging Talent programme we are identifying and 

developing future leaders. We also plan succession for our 
executive team and management population.

category management and end to end 
technological innovation. This will enable us 
to optimise our contracts and continue to 
reduce the number of suppliers we do 
business with.

KPI Capex (gross) vs Final Determination

Streamlining our procurement  
processes 
Ahead of AMP5, we selected seven 
contractors for the period to take design,  
build and work on our biggest infrastructure 
projects, compared to 22 for AMP4, and 
introduced new, innovative ways of working 
with them. 
We have reorganised our procurement 
department to take full advantage of 
purchasing best practice by improving 

Suppliers working on an investment project

 
18

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Water Purification – 
secures contract to 
provide world’s largest 
fixed film denitrification 
system
Severn Trent Services has been awarded a 
contract to supply their TETRA® Denite® 
denitrification system for use at the Baltimore City 
Department of Public Works’ Patapsco Waste 
Water Treatment Plant. The tertiary treatment 
system will help reduce the plant’s discharge of total 
nitrogen and total phosphorus, significantly 
reducing nutrients flowing to the Patapsco River 
and, ultimately, the Chesapeake Bay. The Patapsco 
Waste Water Treatment Plant is undergoing 
upgrades and expansion over the next two years. 
Once completed, it will be the largest installed fixed 
film denitrification system in the world.

Fixed film Denite application

i

w
e
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

19

Business review 
Severn Trent Services – Overview

Our Severn Trent Services business is one of the 
world’s leading suppliers of water and waste 
water operational and treatment solutions. We 
are a respected global brand, known throughout 
the world for operating at the forefront of 
advanced water technology and for our quality, 
reliability and stability. We enjoy a strong 
position in our selected markets.

business improved when compared to the first half, reflecting an 
improved operating environment and a lower cost base in the 
business. This sequential growth in Severn Trent Services turnover 
and profit was 5% and 49% respectively, with Water Purification  
the largest contributor at 16% and 67% improvement respectively. 
Stronger market drivers, an increase in the pipeline of projects  
and a healthy order book give us confidence in our position for 
sustainable growth.

Turnover in Severn Trent Services was £336.5 million in 2009/10, 
down 0.8% on 2008/09. Profit before interest, tax and exceptional 
items was £28.7 million, down 5.9%. 

Platform for growth
Severn Trent Services remains focused on our core group skills of 
water and waste water treatment and operations complementary to 
our UK regulated business, Severn Trent Water. 

Our Operating Services business performed well and continued to 
show year on year growth.

The first half of the year was challenging, particularly in our Water 
Purification and Analytical Services businesses. Our customers 
found difficulty in accessing project financing due to the economic 
slowdown, uncertainty about government economic stimulus 
packages, and declining oil prices. We quickly addressed these 
issues by restructuring the parts of the business most impacted and 
by lowering costs so that we were better positioned for growth on a 
global basis. At the same time we made appropriate measured 
investments to seed new markets and geographic areas, and to 
develop new technologies and products. Second half results in the 

We have three principal business groups

•   Operating Services provides contract operating services to 
manage and maintain water and waste water plants and 
networks worldwide. We are a leading provider in the United 
States and United Kingdom, one of the few integrated water 
operators in Italy and are building our presence in Ireland.

•   Water Purification is one of the leading global providers of 
advanced technologies and products for water and waste 
water disinfection, filtration, adsorption and marine/offshore 
waste water treatment.

•   Analytical Services is a leader in UK environmental water 

testing services.

£101.8m

Turnover in our Water 
Purification business 
2009 – £107.6m

£207.2m

 Turnover in our Operating 
Services business 
2009 – £200.1m

£27.5m

Turnover in our Analytical  
Services business  
2009 – £31.6m

We kept our position and our  
customers, we maintained our  
margins and we are ideally placed  
for the economic recovery.

Len Graziano
President and Chief Executive Officer

More information about 
Severn Trent Services
www.severntrentservices.com

While the global recession has resulted in a 
slowdown this year, the market for water and 
waste water products and services remains 
strong with substantial prospects for growth 
in the four areas we serve. That is because 
the drivers of the water and waste water 
business – water scarcity, population 
growth, climate change and higher 
regulatory requirements – remain strong.

We focus on the higher growth and higher 
margin market segments and geographies 
where our broad line of products and services 
meet the significant needs of our customers.

 
20

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Business review 
Severn Trent Services – Performance

In 2009/10 we made good progress with 
positioning our business for sustainable growth. 
We delivered continued growth in our Operating 
Services business. We ended the year in Water 
Purification with a strong order book and a high 
level of projects in the pipeline. Analytical 
Services looks forward to starting an important 
long term contract with Yorkshire Water. 

Positioning our business for sustainable growth
The backdrop for the year was undoubtedly the economic downturn. 
Severn Trent Services felt the impact most noticeably in Water 
Purification and Analytical Services. However, we quickly took 
action by restructuring selected parts of the business and invested 
in growth areas. As a result of these actions and others, the order 
book for Water Purification was at an all time high during the last 
quarter of the year. 

Sometimes, conditions that cause problems in one area of a business 
provide opportunities elsewhere. This was certainly true for 
Operating Services, which reported another year of continued growth.

Given the strength of the fundamental drivers of our business, we 
remained confident the market would turn around. We therefore 
decided to make use of the slower period to position our company 
for future growth. We completed the reorganisation of our company 
into three business groups and four regions. This will help us lower 
our cost base and be better positioned for global competition. 
Alongside these efficiencies we made investments to seed new 
markets and technologies, for instance adding staff in the Middle 
East and China and progressing new product development projects. 

Focus on our four key strategic growth initiatives
Continuing the geographic expansion of our products and services
In Europe, our acquisition of PS Apliclor SA near Barcelona created 
a European hub from which we can expand our Water Purification 
business on the continent. 

Local product sourcing and hiring of key people in our China branch 
office has resulted in winning key filtration projects and positioning 
us to grow profitably. 

Our Operating Services business entered new regions where we have 
a good opportunity to grow. For instance, we extended our strong 
presence in the UK into Ireland with a joint venture, Severn Trent 
Response, which has already won one long term contract and also 
received notice of award for a second. 

Expanding the scope of our operating services to existing  
clients around the world
This has been a successful year, with new business accruing from 
several large contracts in the US as many municipalities struggled 
with budget shortfalls and looked to public and private partnerships 
to help lower their costs. In the City of Prichard, Alabama, a 
$1 million contract to operate the waste treatment plant was 
expanded to a $6 million contract when we were asked to bid to 
operate the city’s complete package of services, including water, 
waste water treatment, meter reading and billing.

In the UK, Coast to Coast (C2C) continued to extend its operational 
services outside of the 25 year contract with the Ministry of Defence.

Severn Trent Select was also awarded a design build contract with a 
major UK dairy and finished the year as a preferred supplier on 
another design build contract.

In Italy, we ended the year having been awarded one major waste 
water design, build and operate contract and as a preferred bidder  
on another.

Enhancing products and operations to improve our effectiveness  
and efficiency
This year we focused on making our operations more efficient.  
We saved costs by using centralised sourcing to make combined 
purchases of similar components from lower cost locations.  
Also, engineering services are being outsourced to India and 
assembly for membranes filtration projects is being sourced locally 
for regional markets.

In our Analytical Services business, we consolidated our facilities, 
exited unprofitable lines of business and expanded services further.

Developing new technologies at the forefront of water and  
waste water solutions
Year on year, the proportion of sales coming from new products 
introduced in the last three years has increased by 80%.

We continue to build our innovation capability. In the past year we 
have rolled out global best practice tools and processes across all 
product and technology centres of excellence with the goal of 
improving our new product performance and cycle times. Early 
benefits include increased visibility and transparency of our product 
and technology investment programme.

Additionally, we have developed an overarching technology strategy 
and are now actively carrying this forward through both internal and 
collaborative development activity. Our product development 
pipeline is robust.

Operating Services 

– announces it has renewed its public 
private partnership 

We have renewed our public private 
partnership with the Water Works and Sewer 
board (the Board) of the City of Prichard, 
Alabama, through a competitive bid process. 
Severn Trent is responsible for the complete 
operation, maintenance and management of 
the city’s water and waste water facilities, 
collection and distribution systems, meter 
reading, billing and customer service 
functions. Shortly after the partnership 

started, plant performance was dramatically 
improved, allowing the board and its 
engineer to concentrate on capital 
improvement planning. In the last two years, 
the Board and citizens of Prichard have 
benefited from improved operations and 
performance, including reduced solids 
inventory; improved discharge quality; the 
introduction of an asset management 
programme; identification of capital 
improvement projects; and the installation  
of a comprehensive maintenance 
management programme that schedules 
predictive and preventive maintenance. 

Prichard Water Tower

i

w
e
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

21

Performance by business area
Operating Services
Our Operating Services business has performed well because  
we are able to operate utility and municipal assets efficiently at  
a lower cost. 

We are one of the leading providers in the US, where we run nearly 
400 contracts.

In the UK and Ireland we combined all non-regulated UK 
businesses under one business unit, Operating Services UK  
and Ireland, and have worked with approximately 200 commercial 
and industrial clients during the year.

Also in the UK, we reduced leakage in our C2C Ministry of Defence 
contract despite the coldest winter in 30 years. We have more than 
halved leakage since the contract started in 2005.

Water Purification
A slow start to 2009/10 for our Water Purification business meant 
we effectively lost a year of expected growth. Cash-strapped 
municipalities slowed their investment in new equipment and while 
many orders were delayed, no significant orders were cancelled. 
However, we restructured the business to lower our cost base.  
At the same time, we invested in selected growth areas. As a result, 
and as global markets recovered, our Water Purification business 
achieved sequential growth during the second half of the year with 
turnover up 16% and profits up 67% when compared to the first half. 

Notable contract wins during the year included a $15.7 million 
contract for the world’s largest denitrification system in Baltimore, 
Maryland; a $7 million contract for the largest reverse osmosis sea 
water system for an oil refinery in Pakistan; several new contracts in 
China; and the first deep bed filtration system used for water reuse 
in Libya for Al Hadba (Tripoli). 

We ended the year with the highest order book in Severn Trent 
Services’ history and our key project pipeline continues to grow. 

Analytical Services
During the year we undertook a significant restructure of our 
business. This has repositioned the business with a lower cost base 
and a more resilient business platform. 

We received formal notification of UKAS (United Kingdom 
Accreditation Service) accreditation for our newly constructed 
Wakefield facility, which will serve our new 10 year contract with 
Yorkshire Water. We have introduced new technologies to offer 
more methodologies, lower costs and faster output. We have also 
expanded our services to include on site testing and operator self 
monitoring, both growth areas.

We are committed to conducting our business  
in a responsible way
We continue working to build corporate responsibility into our 
strategy and embed it in our culture. 

Our health and safety performance continues to improve. This year 
we reduced the number of lost time incidents per 100,000 hours 
worked by 22%, maintaining one of the best rates in our industry. 
Two Operating Services businesses in the UK received awards 
from the Royal Society for the Prevention of Accidents. C2C 
received the Gold award and Integra received the Silver award.

In 2009/10 we introduced a new health and safety handbook, 
offering support and training for all employees, in several languages.

Our success depends on all of our employees. During the year we 
implemented a change management programme entitled ‘Blueprint 
for growth’ to help employees understand our core values, 
objectives, Key Performance Indicators, and the role they play in 
helping our company improve and grow. 

We commissioned our second independent Employee Engagement 
Survey in 2009/10 with employee engagement increasing four 
percentage points from the previous survey.

We take carbon management seriously and continued to look at 
ways to reduce our energy consumption. For the second 
consecutive year we produced Site Energy Management Plans for 
five of our US sites and six of our UK sites. Implementing these 
plans has led to reductions in energy use and lower costs.

Outlook for the future
In our Operating Services business we will continue to find more 
cost efficiencies and move into new areas as part of our plans to 
grow the business year on year. A change in legislation in Italy 
around the awarding of contracts is expected to yield more 
opportunities. Increased growth is expected in the Middle East/
North Africa region, where we have a strong pipeline of prospects. 

We start the financial year with a very strong order book and 
pipeline in our Water Purification business. We will continue 
lowering our cost base, focusing on our regional operations and 
delivering new products in this market, such as MicroDynamics® 
ultraviolet disinfection, BALPURE® ballast water treatment, and 
OMNIPURE Series 55® marine/offshore sewage treatment.

Performance in Analytical Services is expected to improve as a result 
of the lower cost base, the innovations being brought into the business 
and a greater number of long term contracts, including Yorkshire Water.

While the strength and pace of the economic recovery continues to  
be uncertain, we believe the continuing growth of the market is 
sustainable because of the strength of its fundamental drivers. We 
will therefore continue implementing our growth strategy, focusing 
on our four key initiatives.

Analytical services

– opens new accredited laboratory  
in Wakefield 

In March 2009, Severn Trent Services 
secured a 10 year contract for delivery of 
water and waste water analysis to Yorkshire 
Water. Since the contract win, we have 
constructed a brand new facility in Wakefield 
in Yorkshire. The laboratory will deliver an 
extensive range of water and waste water 

analysis for Yorkshire Water, but will also 
service other customers in the region and 
provide back-up facilities for our two other 
water laboratories, offering Utility customers 
a more robust service. The laboratory went 
into full operation on 1 April 2010 and is able 
to handle in excess of a quarter of a million 
samples per year.

Routine analysis being carried out on 
concentrated samples

 
22

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

18.6%

Increase in group profit 
before interest, tax and 
exceptional items
Despite difficult global economic conditions the 
group has performed well on the financial front  
and continued to make process and efficiency 
improvements throughout its businesses.

The board is proposing a final dividend of 45.61p 
(2009: 41.05p) to be paid on 30 July 2010. This 
would give a total dividend of 72.32p per ordinary 
share, an increase of 7.4%.

Lake Vyrnwy

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

23

Business review 
Financial review

We have in the past year, moved from a “credit crunch” through  
a deep economic recession. Our prompt action in early 2009, to 
pre-fund our investment and cash needs for the following 24 
months, meant that we retained a sound financial position 
throughout the year. We were, however, not immune to the 
economic stresses that our customers and markets were 
experiencing. We have seen a rise in bad debt charges in our 
regulated business Severn Trent Water and a slowdown in sales 
at Severn Trent Services in the early part of the year.

Against this background, the financial performance of the group 
has continued to show progress and, as described elsewhere, 
the business areas have invested much time, effort and money to 
improve their base operations. These improvements are backed 
by a continuing drive to sustain a strong liquidity position at the 
lowest possible cost.

Segmental analysis of results

Turnover 
Severn Trent Water 
Severn Trent Services 
Intra-group sales 

Underlying PBIT 
Severn Trent Water 
Severn Trent Services 
Corporate and other 
Consolidation adjustments 

Profit before interest tax and  
exceptional items 

2010 

2009  % change

1,385.3 
336.5 
(17.9) 

1,324.9  
339.3  
(22.0) 

4.6
(0.8)

1,703.9 

1,642.2  

3.8

541.3 
28.7 
(14.2) 
1.3 

456.0  
30.5  
(16.4) 
(0.2) 

18.7
(5.9)
14.0

557.1 

469.9  

18.6

We enter the new five year regulatory period and address  
new opportunities for Severn Trent Services in a strong  
financial position.

Severn Trent Water – Changes in underlying PBIT

Severn Trent Water underlying PBIT

i

w
e
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

Group financial performance
Group turnover was £1,703.9 million (£1,642.2 million), an increase 
of 3.8% over last year. The growth in turnover was mainly due to the 
price increases in Severn Trent Water, partially offset by the impact 
of lower consumption across our measured commercial income 
base, which reduced year on year revenues by around £1.6 million, 
less than initially expected due to a stabilisation of volumes over  
the year.

Financial highlights 

2010 

2009 

% change

Turnover (£m) 

1,703.9 

1,642.2 

3.8

Profit before interest, tax  
and exceptionals (£m) 
Profit before interest and tax (£m) 
Profit before tax, exceptionals  
and IAS 39 (£m) 
Profit before tax (£m) 

Earnings per share before  
exceptionals, IAS 39 and  
deferred tax (p) 
Earnings/(loss) per share (p) 

Final dividend (p) 
Interim dividend (p) 
Total dividend for the year (p) 

557.1 
507.4 

338.4 
334.4 

122.8 
105.6 

45.61  
26.71  
72.32  

469.9  
451.0  

273.5  
167.6  

92.7  
(24.6) 

41.05  
26.29  
67.34  

18.6
12.5

23.7
99.5

32.5 
n/a

11.1
1.6
7.4

Group profit before interest, tax and exceptional items (underlying 
PBIT) increased by 18.6% to £557.1 million (£469.9 million). 
Operating costs before exceptional items decreased by £25.5 
million. The main components of this reduction are described in the 
commentary on Severn Trent Water and Severn Trent Services 
below. There were net exceptional costs of £49.7 million (£18.9 
million). Group profit before interest and tax was £507.4 million 
(£451.0 million).

The following table shows a segmental analysis of turnover and 
underlying PBIT.

0
.
6
5
4

550

500

450

400

350

3
.
8

)
3
.
3
(

)
5
.
2
1
(

4
.
0
6

6
.
5

6
.
5
2

2
.
1

3
.
1
4
5

s
t
s
o
c
t
n
e
m
y
o
p
m
E

l

r
e
v
o
n
r
u
T

d
e
t
c
a
r
t
n
o
c
d
n
a
d
e
r
i

H

i

n
o
i
t
a
c
e
r
p
e
D

e
r
u
t
c
u
r
t
s
a
r
f
n
I

s
t
b
e
d
d
a
B

r
e
h
t
O

s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
’
£

Turnover in Severn Trent Water increased by 4.6% in 2009/10, to  
£1,385.3 million. Sales prices increased by 5.3% (including inflation) 
from 1 April 2009, with the previously noted decline in commercial 
consumption reducing revenues by around £1.6 million.

Profit before interest, tax and exceptional items increased by 18.7% 
to £541.3 million. As well as the increase in turnover, a number of 
factors impacted underlying PBIT. Employee costs decreased by 
£5.6 million as a result of lower pension costs; hired and contracted 
services were £8.3 million lower and there was an increase in the 
bad debt charge of £3.3 million with the incidence of bad debt as a 
proportion of turnover increasing marginally to 2.5% from 2.3% at 
the end of the previous year. Depreciation increased by £12.5 million 
due to the growing asset base. There was also a reduction in 
infrastructure renewals expenditure of £25.6 million as spending had 
peaked in the prior year.

During the financial year, Severn Trent Water invested £644.8 
million (gross, UK GAAP) in fixed assets and maintaining and 
improving its infrastructure network. Included in this total was net 
infrastructure renewals expenditure of £104.5 million which is 
charged to the income statement under IFRS.

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
24

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Business review 
Financial review

Adjusting for minor timing differences and modifications to the 
AMP4 capital programme (notified to Ofwat through the change 
control process) we successfully completed the five year 
programme with capital expenditure, net of grants, contributions  
and other income (UK GAAP) of around £2.6 billion.

Severn Trent Services
Turnover in Severn Trent Services was £336.5 million in 2009/10, 
down 0.8% on 2008/09. Underlying PBIT decreased by 5.9% to 
£28.7 million.

•   In Severn Trent Water, restructuring costs of £42.1 million from the 
programme to restructure and realign the business. This included 
redundancy and pension curtailment costs amounting to £16.2 
million arising from the reduction in central functions posts and a 
further £5 million from redundancies arising from previously 
announced initiatives. Costs relating to the implementation of SAP 
were £9.9 million including accelerated amortisation of £5.9 
million. Provisions for onerous leases and other costs relating to 
Severn Trent Centre amounted to £6.8 million; and

2010  
£m  

2009 
£m 

Increase/ 
(decrease)
%

•   In Severn Trent Services, a charge of £5.9 million from its 

restructuring programme and a loss of £1.7 million on disposal  
of businesses.

(0.8%)

Net finance costs
Composition of net finance costs (£ millions)

Turnover

Services as reported 
Apliclor SA – acquired May 2009 
Meters business and CCM –  
sold May 2009 

336.5 
(6.7) 

339.3 
–

(1.0) 

(8.9) 

Impact of exchange rate  
fluctuations 

Like for like businesses in  
constant currency 

328.8 

330.4 

(0.5%)

– 

19.9 

328.8 

350.3 

(6.1%)

Underlying PBIT

Services as reported 
Apliclor SA – acquired May 2009 
Meters business and CCM –  
sold May 2009 

Impact of exchange rate  
fluctuations 

Like for like businesses in  
constant currency 

2010  
£m  

2009 
£m 

Increase/ 
(decrease)
%

28.7 
(0.3) 

(0.9) 

27.5 

(5.9%)

30.5 
–

0.9 

31.4 

(12.4%)

– 

1.3 

27.5 

32.7 

(15.9%)

After adjusting for the impact of exchange rate fluctuation and the 
effects of small acquisitions and disposals, turnover on a like for like 
constant currency basis was down 6.1%, and underlying PBIT 
measured on the same basis was down 15.9%.

Return on invested capital was 13% (15%).

Corporate and other costs
Corporate overheads amounted to £12.7 million (£12.7 million). Our 
captive insurance company and other businesses generated an 
underlying loss of £2.9 million (loss of £3.7 million). The group’s 
captive insurance company insures Severn Trent group risks only 
and does not write any external business.

Exceptional items
We incurred a net exceptional charge in the year to 31 March 2010 
of £49.7 million (18.9 million) comprising:

2010

2009

Cash interest
RPI rolled up
Net pension interest

5
.
8
8
1

3
.
5
1

0
.
5
1

218.8

2
.
5
7
1

1
.
9
1

1
.
2

196.4

Our net finance costs were £218.8 million, compared to £196.4 
million in the previous year. The increase was largely due to the 
higher average net debt during the year. Net finance costs on 
pension obligations were also higher as the expected return on 
pension assets was lower which in turn was due to the lower value 
of investments in the opening balance sheet in 2010 compared to 
2009. The effective interest rate for 2010 was 5.6% (5.6%).

Profit before tax 
Group profit before tax, exceptional items and gains/losses on 
financial instruments increased by 23.7% to £338.4 million (£273.5 
million). Group profit before tax was £334.4 million (£167.6 million).

Taxation
The total tax charge for the year was £82.9 million (£223.6 million 
including exceptional deferred tax charge of £185.6 million). The 
current tax charge was £40.7 million (£52.1 million) and the deferred 
tax charge was £42.2 million (credit of £14.1 million before 
exceptional charge).

The effective rate of current tax excluding prior year settlements and 
exceptional items calculated on profit before tax, exceptional items 
and gains/(losses) on financial instruments was 22.6% (24.7%).  
The decrease in effective rate is a result of increased capital 
allowances in Severn Trent Water and agreement of a number of 
uncertain tax positions during the year rendering further provisions 
for these items unnecessary.

Going forward, we expect the effective current tax rate for 2010/11 
to be in the range of 25% to 27%.

Profit for the period and earnings per share
Profit for the period was £251.5 million (loss of £56.0 million).

Basic earnings per share were 105.6 pence (loss per share 24.6 
pence). Adjusted basic earnings per share (before exceptional 
items, gains/losses on financial instruments and deferred tax) were 
122.8 pence (92.7p).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

w
e
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

25

Cash flow and net debt

Cash generated from operations 
Net capital expenditure 
Net interest paid 
Tax (paid)/received 
Other cash flows 

Free cash flow 
Acquisitions and disposals 
Dividends 
Net issue of shares 

Change in net debt from cash flows 
Net fair value adjustments 
RPI uplift on index linked debt 
Foreign exchange 
Other non-cash movements 

Change in net debt 
Net debt at 1 April 

Net debt at 31 March 

2010  
£m  

708.0 
(487.8) 
(194.2) 
(53.8) 
(1.6) 

(29.4) 
(11.0) 
(159.7) 
2.4 

(197.7) 
11.4 
(13.6) 
(0.3) 
(1.3) 

2009
£m

643.5 
(465.0)
(173.9)
1.1 
(1.3)

4.4
– 
(158.8)
6.2 

(148.2)
(1.6)
(19.1)
5.9
(3.7)

(201.5) 
(3,559.9) 

(166.7)
(3,393.2)

(3,761.4) 

(3,559.9)

Free cash flow
Cash generated from operations increased by £64.5 million over 
2008/09 due to increased profits in Severn Trent Water. Capital 
expenditure net of contributions and proceeds of sales of fixed 
assets was £487.8 million (£465.0 million). The increase arose from 
Severn Trent Water’s capital programme. Tax paid was £53.8 million 
whereas in 2008/09 a net refund of £1.1 million was received due to 
refunds received on the closure of computations for the years 
2004/05 – 2005/06. Net interest paid increased due to the higher 
average net debt in the year.

Net debt
After payment of dividends of £159.7 million (£158.8 million) and net 
proceeds on share issues of £2.4 million (£6.2 million) the net cash 
outflow for the year increased net debt by £197.7 million (£148.2 
million). Fair value adjustments on debt denominated in foreign 
currency and the related cross currency swaps decreased net debt 
by £11.4 million (increased by £1.6 million). The principal amount of 
our index-linked debt is adjusted by the change in RPI on a biannual 
basis. This increased net debt by £13.6 million (£19.1 million). 
Currency impacts on cash and debt held by overseas subsidiaries 
increased net debt by £0.3 million (decreased by £5.9 million). Other 
non-cash movements, mainly the reversal of fair value adjustments 
on maturing debt and currency swaps, increased net debt by 
£1.3 million (increased by £3.7 million).

Maturity profile of gross debt (£ millions)

Net debt at 31 March 2010 was £3,761.4 million (£3,559.9 million). 
We now include cross currency swaps that convert the proceeds of 
debt raised in foreign currency to sterling in net debt because 
together, the debt and the swap give a better representation of our 
sterling debt obligations. At the year end balance sheet gearing (net 
debt/net debt plus equity) was 80% (79%). Net debt expressed as a 
percentage of Regulatory Capital Value (RCV) was 59.2% (57.4%) 
based on RCV of £6,347 million (£6,198 million). Our net interest 
charge, excluding gains/losses on financial instruments, was 
covered 4.0 times (3.7 times) by profit before interest, tax, 
depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items and 2.7 times  
(2.4 times) by profit before interest, tax and exceptional items.

Liquidity
The group has a European Investment Bank facility of £150 million 
which has to be drawn on or before April 2011 and has an undrawn 
£500 million committed bank facility that matures in 2012 and 2013. 

The maturity profile of our debt is shown in the chart below:

Treasury policy and operations
Our treasury affairs are managed centrally and in accordance with 
our Treasury Procedures Manual and Policy Statement. The 
treasury operation’s primary role is to manage liquidity, funding, 
investment and our financial risk, including risk from volatility in 
interest and (to a lesser extent) currency rates and counterparty 
credit risk. The board determines matters of treasury policy and its 
approval is required for certain treasury transactions.

Our strategy is to access a broad range of sources of finance to 
obtain both the quantum required and lowest cost compatible with 
the need for continued availability. Our principal operating 
subsidiary, Severn Trent Water, is a long term business 
characterised by multi year investment programmes. Our strategic 
funding objectives reflect this and the liquidity position and the 
availability of committed funding are essential to meeting our 
objectives and obligations. We therefore aim for a balance of long 
term funding or commitment of funds across a range of funding 
sources at the best possible economic cost.

Our policy for the management of interest rate risk is that no less 
than 45% of our borrowings should be at fixed interest rates, or 
hedged through the use of interest rate swaps or forward rate 
agreements. At 31 March 2010, interest rates for some 82.4% of our 
net debt of £3,761.4 million were fixed, with a weighted average 
interest rate of 5.9% for a weighted average period of 10.9 years.

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0
2011

2016

2021

2026

2031

2036

2041

2046

2051

2056

2061

2066

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Business review 
Financial review

We use financial derivatives solely to manage risks associated with 
our normal business activities. We do not hold or issue derivative 
financial instruments for financial trading. 

Except for debt raised in foreign currency, which is fully hedged, our 
business does not involve significant exposure to foreign exchange 
transactions. We have investments in various assets denominated 
in foreign currencies, principally the US dollar and the euro. Our 
current policy is to hedge an element of the currency translation risk 
associated with certain foreign currency denominated assets.

We have entered into energy swaps that fix the cost of substantially 
all of Severn Trent Water’s expected net electricity consumption for 
the first three years of AMP5. The price fixed in these swaps is 
lower than the amount assumed in the Final Determination.

Gains/(losses) on financial instruments
We borrow in foreign currency under our EMTN programme and 
use cross currency swaps to convert the proceeds to sterling. The 
effect of these swaps is that interest and principal payments on the 
borrowings are made in sterling and so the currency risk is 
eliminated. The foreign currency notes and swaps are recorded in 
the balance sheet at their fair values and the changes in fair values 
are included in gains/losses on financial instruments in the income 
statement. Since the terms of the swaps closely match those of the 
underlying borrowing, these changes tend to be broadly equal and 
opposite. The changes in fair value of debt are shown in the 
reconciliation of movements in net debt in note 35.

We hold interest rate swaps with a net notional principal amount of 
£835 million under which we pay fixed interest and receive floating 
rate interest to reduce our exposure to changes in interest rates. 
These swaps are carried at fair value and are revalued at each 
balance sheet date. The changes in fair value are included in gains/
losses on financial instruments in the income statement. During the 
year there has been an increase of £41.7 million in the fair value of 
these instruments because market interest rates were higher at 31 
March 2010 than at 2009.

It is important to note that we intend to, and typically do, hold these 
swaps to maturity and the changes in fair value are non-cash 
movements. Over the lives of the swaps, these changes will net out 
because the swaps will have a zero fair value when they mature.

Credit ratings
Our long term credit ratings are: 

Long term ratings 

Severn Trent Plc 

Moody’s 
Standard and Poor’s 

Baa1 
BBB- 

Severn Trent  
Water Limited 

A3 
BBB+

Further details of our borrowings, investments and financial 
instruments are contained in note 21 to the group financial 
statements.

Pensions
We have two defined benefit pension schemes, of which the Severn 
Trent Pension Scheme (STPS) is by far the largest. Formal actuarial 
valuations were last undertaken for the STPS as at 31 March 2007. 
The actuarial valuation as at 31 March 2010 is currently underway.

On an IAS 19 basis, the estimated net position (before deferred tax) 
of our defined benefit pension schemes was a deficit of £354.9 
million as at 31 March 2010 (deficit of £233.0 million). The funding 

level at 31 March 2010 was 80% (82%) and our defined benefit 
pension schemes had total assets of approximately £1,393 million 
and total liabilities of approximately £1,748 million. Note 28 to the 
financial statements gives details of the year on year movement in 
the schemes’ assets and liabilities.

During the year ended 31 March 2010 inflation expectations have 
increased and this has resulted in higher gross undiscounted 
liabilities. Increasing inflation is usually accompanied by increasing 
interest rates and so the higher undiscounted liabilities would normally 
be offset by an increase in the discount rate. However, corporate 
bond rates, from which the discount rate is derived, have fallen during 
the year and so rather than mitigate the effect of increasing inflation 
the discount rate has exacerbated the impact. Whilst there has been 
some recovery in equity markets this has been insufficient to 
compensate for the impacts of inflation and the discount rate.

Total cash contributions to the schemes in the year were £39.6 
million (£42.0 million).

The key actuarial assumptions were:

2010  

2009 

Price inflation 
Salary increases 
Discount rate 
Pension increases in payment 
Expected return on equities 

Age to which current pensioners  
aged 65 are expected to live 

Men 
Women 

Age to which future pensioners currently  
aged 45 are expected to live 

Men 
Women 

3.6% 
4.1% 
5.7% 
3.6% 
8.0% 

85.3 
88.6 

86.5 
89.6 

2.9% 
3.9% 
6.7% 
3.0% 
8.0%

85.1
88.2

85.9
88.9

The discount rate used in the actuarial calculations and the 
assumptions for price inflation and life expectancy can significantly 
impact the value calculated for the pension deficit. The following 
table summarises the estimated impact on scheme liabilities 
resulting from changes to these key actuarial assumptions whilst 
holding all other assumptions constant.

Assumption 

Discount rate 

Price inflation 

Life expectancy 

Change in 
assumption 

Impact on 
scheme liabilities

Increase/decrease 
by 0.1% 
Increase/decrease 
by 0.1% 
Increase by 1 year 

Decrease/increase 
by £34 million

Increase/decrease  

by £34 million
Increase by  
£40 million

Accounting policies and presentation of the financial statements
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards that have been 
endorsed by the European Union.

Supplementary information 
including our preliminary 
results presentation
www.severntrent.com

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

27

Promoting online 
reporting
The Annual Report and Accounts is the principal 
means of communicating with shareholders.  
The group adopted e-communications after they 
were approved by shareholders as an alternative 
means of receiving company information at the 
2007 annual general meeting. As at 31 March 2010, 
42,449 shareholders receive company 
communications via electronic methods whilst 
27,385 shareholders continue to receive 
communications by post. You can visit our  
website at www.severntrent.com

i

w
e
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

 
28

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance 
Directors’ report

The directors present their report, together with the audited financial 
statements of the group for the year ended 31 March 2010.

Severn Trent Plc and Severn Trent Water Limited employees, based 
on performance against the KPIs.

Principal activity
The principal activity of the group is to provide and treat water and 
remove waste water in the UK and internationally.

Research and development
Expenditure on research and development is set out in note 7 to  
the accounts on page 76.

Details of the principal joint ventures, associated and subsidiary 
undertakings of the group at 31 March 2010 appear in notes 19, 20 
and 40 to the financial statements on pages 84 and 111.

Business review
The Chairman’s statement, the Chief Executive’s (CE) review, the 
report and performance reviews for the group’s main businesses 
and the financial review on pages 9 to 27 provide detailed information 
relating to the group and its strategy, the operation of its businesses 
and the results and financial position for the year ended  
31 March 2010.

Details of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the group are set 
out in the risk and assurance section on pages 58 to 60.

All of the above are incorporated by reference in (and are deemed  
to form part of) this report.

Directors and their interests
Biographies of the directors currently serving on the board are set 
out on pages 32 and 33.

Details of changes to the board during the year and of the directors 
offering themselves for reappointment at the Annual General 
Meeting (AGM) are set out in the Chairman’s letter on pages 35 to 40.

Details of directors’ service agreements are set out in the Directors’ 
remuneration report on page 52. The interests of the directors in the 
shares of the company are shown on pages 55 to 57 of that report.

Directors’ indemnities
The company’s articles of association provide that directors of the 
company shall be indemnified by the company against any costs 
incurred by them in carrying out their duties including defending any 
proceedings brought against them arising out of their positions as 
directors in which they are acquitted or judgment is given in their 
favour or relief from any liability is granted to them by the court.

Employees
The average number of employees within the group is shown in 
note 9 to the financial statements on page 77.

Severn Trent believes that a diverse and inclusive culture is a key 
factor in being a successful business. Apart from ensuring an 
individual has the ability to do the job we do not discriminate in any 
way and make every effort to ensure that those with disabilities are 
able to be employed by us. We ensure that training, career 
development and promotion opportunities are available for all our 
employees irrespective of their gender, race, age or disability.

The group actively encourages employee involvement and 
consultation and places emphasis on keeping its employees 
informed of its activity and financial performance by way of briefings 
and publication to staff of all relevant information and corporate 
announcements. To help develop employees’ interest in the 
company’s performance, Severn Trent offers two employee share 
plans. The Severn Trent Sharesave Scheme, an HM Revenue and 
Customs approved SAYE plan, is offered to UK employees on an 
annual basis. The Severn Trent Share Incentive Plan, approved by 
HM Revenue and Customs, makes an annual award of shares to 

Treasury management
The disclosures required under the EU Fair Value Directive in relation 
to the use of financial instruments by the company are set out in note 
21 to the accounts on pages 85 to 96. Further details on our treasury 
policy and management are set out in the financial review on page 26.

Post balance sheet events
Details of post balance sheet events are set out in note 38 to the 
group financial statements on page 110.

Dividends
An interim dividend of 26.71 pence per ordinary share was paid  
on 15 January 2010. The directors recommend a final dividend of 
45.61 pence per ordinary share to be paid on 30 July 2010 to 
shareholders on the register on 18 June 2010. This would bring  
the total dividend for 2009/10 to 72.32 pence per ordinary share 
(2009: 67.34 pence). The payment of the final dividend is subject  
to shareholder approval at the AGM.

Capital structure
Details of the company’s authorised issued share capital and of the 
movements during the year are shown in note 30 to the financial 
statements on page 103. The company has one class of ordinary 
shares which carries no right to fixed income. Each share carries 
the right to one vote at general meetings of the company. The 
issued nominal value of the ordinary shares is 100% of the total 
issued nominal value of all share capital.

There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on the 
transfer of shares, which are both governed by the general 
provisions of the articles of association and prevailing legislation. 
The directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of 
the company’s shares that may result in restrictions on the transfer 
of securities or on voting rights.

Details of employee share schemes are set out in note 33 to the 
financial statements on pages 104 to 107. For shares held by the 
Severn Trent Employee Share Ownership Trust, the trustee abstains 
from voting.

No person has any special rights of control over the company’s 
share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.

With regard to the appointment and replacement of directors, the 
company is governed by its articles of association, the Combined 
Code on Corporate Governance, the Companies Act and related 
legislation. The articles may be amended by special resolution of 
the shareholders. The powers of directors are described in the 
Board Governance document, the articles and the Chairman’s  
letter on pages 35 to 40.

Under its articles of association, the directors have authority to allot 
up to 197,166,322 ordinary shares, subject to the aggregate nominal 
amount limit set at the 2009 AGM.

There are a number of agreements that take effect after, or 
terminate upon, a change of control of the company, such as 
commercial contracts, bank loan agreements, property lease 
arrangements and employee share plans. None of these are 
considered to be significant in terms of their likely impact on the 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

29

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

business of the group as a whole. Furthermore, the directors are not 
aware of any agreements between the company and its directors or 
employees that provide for compensation for loss of office or 
employment that occurs because of a takeover bid.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 24 May 2010 the company had been notified in accordance 
with chapter 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the 
following major shareholdings:

Name of holder 

Pictet Asset Management SA 
Invesco Limited 
Legal & General Group Plc   

Percentage 
  of voting rights 
and issued 
share capital 

No. of 
ordinary 
shares of 
9717/19p each

7.6%  17,718,717 
5.0%  11,980,630
3.9%  9,403,273

Percentages rounded down to one decimal place

Authority to purchase shares
The company was given authority at its AGM in 2009 to make 
market purchases of ordinary shares up to a maximum number of 
23,646,774 shares. Similar authority will again be sought from 
shareholders at this year’s AGM. No market purchases were made 
by the company during the year ended 31 March 2010.

Supplier payment policy
Individual operating companies within the group are responsible for 
establishing appropriate policies with regard to the payment of their 
suppliers. The companies agree terms and conditions under which 
business transactions with suppliers are conducted. It is group 
policy that provided a supplier is complying with the relevant terms 
and conditions, including the prompt and complete submission of all 
specified documentation, payment will be made in accordance with 
agreed terms. It is also group policy to ensure that suppliers know 
the terms on which payment will take place when business is 
agreed. Details of supplier payment policies can be obtained from 
the individual companies at the addresses shown in note 40 to the 
financial statements on page 111. Trade creditors for the group at 
the year end are estimated as representing 44.1 days’ purchases 
(2009: 39.3 days’ purchases).

Contributions for political and charitable purposes
Donations to charitable organisations during the year amounted to 
£326,382 (2009: £352,201). Donations are given to charities whose 
projects align closely with our aim to promote the responsible use of 
water resources and waste water services which provide the 
opportunity for longer term partnerships. In addition we provide 
donations to employee nominated charities through a matched 
funding scheme and health and safety reward schemes. We are 
also committed to supporting WaterAid, the UK’s only major charity 
dedicated to improving access to safe water, hygiene and sanitation 
in the world’s poorest countries.

In 2008/09 a provision of £5 million was established for additional 
contributions to the Severn Trent Charitable Trust as agreed with 
Ofwat. Severn Trent Water paid £2 million additional contributions  
in that year and a further £2 million in 2009/10. The remaining  
£1 million is due to be paid in 2010/11.

Severn Trent’s policy is not to make any donations for political 
purposes in the UK, or to donate to EU political parties or incur EU 
political expenditure. Accordingly neither Severn Trent Plc nor its 
subsidiaries made any political donations or incurred political 
expenditure in the financial year under review.

Under the provisions of the Political Parties Elections and 
Referendums Act 2000 (the relevant provisions of which are now 
contained in Part 14 of the Companies Act 2006), shareholder 
authority is required for political donations to be made or political 
expenditure to be incurred by the company or any of its subsidiaries 
in the EU and disclose any such payments in the annual report. The 
legislation gives a wide definition of what constitutes political 
donations and political expenditure including sponsorship, 
subscriptions, payment of expenses, paid leave for employees 
fulfilling public duties and support for bodies representing the 
business community in policy review or reform. The company has 
therefore obtained limited authority from shareholders as a 
precautionary measure to allow the company to continue supporting 
the community and such organisations without inadvertently 
breaching the legislation.

At the 2009 AGM, shareholders gave the company authorities to 
make political donations or to incur political expenditure in the EU 
(which would not ordinarily be regarded as political donations) up to 
an aggregate annual limit of £50,000 for the company and its 
subsidiaries. Pursuant to those authorities, during the year ended 
31 March 2010 the group incurred costs of nil (2009: nil). Those 
authorities will expire at the 2010 AGM and, in line with market 
practice to renew the authorities on an annual basis, the board has 
decided to put forward a resolution to this year’s AGM to renew the 
authorities to make donations to political organisations and to incur 
political expenditure up to a maximum of £50,000 per annum. As 
permitted under the Companies Act 2006, this resolution also 
covers any political donations made, or political expenditure 
incurred, by any subsidiaries of the company.

Internal controls
The board has overall responsibility for the group’s system of internal 
control and for reviewing its effectiveness. The board reviews the 
effectiveness of the system of internal control, including financial, 
operational, compliance and risk management, at least annually in 
accordance with the requirements of the Combined Code and the 
guidance set out within it. The system of internal control is reviewed 
for effectiveness and adequacy. The internal control system can only 

Analysis of shareholdings at 31 March 2010

Category 

Individual and  
joint accounts 
Other* 
Total 

Number of 

% of  
shareholders  shareholders 

Number of 
shares 

%  
of shares

69,352 
6,708 
76,060 

91.18 
26,885,645 
8.82  209,699,560 

11.36
88.64
100.00  236,585,205  100.00

*  Includes insurance companies, nominee companies, banks, pension funds, other 

corporate bodies, limited and public limited companies

Size of holding 

1-499 
500-999 
1,000-4,999 
5,000-9,999 
10,000-49,999 
50,000-99,999 
Over 100,000 
Total 

Number of 

% of  
shareholders  shareholders 

Number 
of shares 

%  
of shares

55,834 
13,203 
5,995 
313 
341 
104 
270 
76,060 

10,910,098 
73.41 
9,280,858 
17.36 
10,257,090 
7.88 
2,080,100 
0.41 
8,179,494 
0.45 
7,440,826 
0.14 
0.35  188,436,739 

4.61
3.92
4.34
0.88
3.46
3.15
79.65
100.00  236,585,205  100.00

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance – Directors’ report (continued)

provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss, as it is designed to manage rather than 
eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives.

on pages 28 to 60. Details of the group’s financial instruments, 
hedging activities and exposure to credit risk and liquidity risk are 
described in note 21 to the group financial statements.

The Audit Committee reviews the risk management process and the 
effectiveness of the system of internal control on behalf of the board. 
It also keeps under review ways in which to enhance the control and 
audit arrangements in the group. The Audit Committee receives 
reports every six months from the CE on the significant risks and 
uncertainties faced by the group, an assessment of the 
effectiveness of controls over each of those risks and an action plan 
to improve controls where this has been assessed as necessary. 
Any significant control weaknesses that have been identified as 
requiring remedy are also reported to the Audit Committee. The 
Internal Audit department provides objective assurance and advice 
on risk management and control. The external auditors also report on 
significant financial control issues to this committee.

The board confirms that procedures providing an ongoing process 
for identifying, evaluating and managing the principal risks and 
uncertainties faced by the group have been in place for the year to 
31 March 2010 and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report.

External auditors
In the case of each of the persons who are directors of the company 
at the date when this report was approved:

•  so far as each of the directors is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the company’s auditors are unaware; and

•  each of the directors has taken all the steps that he/she ought to 
have taken as a director to make himself/herself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the company’s 
auditors are aware of that information.

Relevant audit information means information needed by the 
company’s auditors in connection with preparing their report.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with the provisions of section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Deloitte LLP have indicated their willingness to continue as  
auditors. A resolution to reappoint Deloitte LLP will be proposed  
at this year’s AGM.

The Audit Committee has recommended to the board the 
reappointment of Deloitte LLP and a resolution to that effect will be 
on the agenda at the AGM. The Audit Committee will also be 
responsible for determining the audit fee on behalf of the board.

Accounts of Severn Trent Water Limited
Regulatory accounts for Severn Trent Water Limited are prepared 
and sent to Ofwat. A copy of these accounts will be available from 
the website of Severn Trent Water Limited (www.stwater.co.uk) or on 
written request to the Company Secretary (at the address given on 
the back cover). There is no charge for this publication.

Going concern
The group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to 
affect its future development, performance and position are set out in 
the Chief Executive’s review on page 5 and the business reviews of 
Severn Trent Water and Severn Trent Services on pages 9 to 17 and 
19 to 21. The financial position of the group, its cash flows, liquidity 
position and borrowing facilities are described in the Financial review 
on pages 23 to 26. The group’s objectives, policies and processes 
for managing its capital and its financial risk management objectives 
are described in the Financial review and in the Governance report 

The group’s principal operating subsidiary, Severn Trent Water, is a 
regulated long term business characterised by multi year investment 
programmes. The group’s strategic funding objectives reflect this. 
The group therefore seeks to attain a balance of long term funding 
or commitment of funds across a range of funding at the best 
possible economic cost. Average debt maturity is 17 years and the 
effective average interest cost during the year was 5.6%. The group 
is in a strong liquidity position with £227.8 million in cash and liquid 
reserves and £650 million of undrawn committed bank facilities, 
which are expected to be sufficient to fund its investment and cash 
flow needs for at least the first year of the AMP5 period. 

Severn Trent Water operates in an industry that is currently subject 
to economic regulation rather than market competition. Ofwat, the 
economic regulator, has a statutory obligation to set price limits that 
it believes will enable the water companies to finance their activities. 
As a consequence the directors believe that the group is well placed 
to manage its business risks successfully despite the current 
uncertain economic outlook.

The directors are proposing to increase the limit on the company’s 
borrowing powers set out in its articles of association (articles) which 
are out of line with the company’s current borrowing requirements 
and require the directors to restrict the borrowings of the group to 
two and a half times its adjusted capital and reserves. This 
amendment is part of a comprehensive update of the company’s 
articles to be proposed at the AGM to reflect the final provisions of 
the Companies Act 2006 which came into effect last year. Whilst 
carrying out this update the directors became aware that the group’s 
borrowings were in excess of this restriction. There was therefore a 
technical breach of article 102.

The directors have reviewed the implications of this technical breach 
and have plans in place to address it, including the above resolution. 
They consider that the resolution to be proposed to the AGM is in 
the best interests of shareholders and are therefore confident that 
the resolutions will be passed.

After making due enquiries of this situation and of all other relevant 
matters, the directors have a reasonable expectation that the 
company and the group have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they 
continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Annual 
Report and Accounts.

Annual general meeting
The AGM of the company will be held at the International 
Convention Centre, Broad Street, Birmingham B1 2EA at 11am on 
Tuesday 20 July 2010. The notice convening the meeting, together 
with details of the business to be considered and explanatory notes 
for each resolution, is distributed separately to shareholders. It is 
also available on the company’s website: www.severntrent.com

By order of the board

Fiona Smith
General Counsel and Company Secretary
27 May 2010

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

31

Governance 
Directors’ responsibility statement

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, 
Directors’ remuneration report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare such financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors are 
required to prepare group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by 
the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have 
chosen to prepare the parent company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable 
law). Under company law the directors must not approve the 
accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the company and of the profit or loss of the 
company for that period. 

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the directors 
are required to:

•   select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•   make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

•   provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific 

requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and 
conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and

•   make an assessment of the company’s ability to continue as a 

going concern.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the company and enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.  
They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the company’s 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

and prudent;

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

•   state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been 

•   the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant 

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

followed subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements; and

•   prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the company will 
continue in business.

In preparing these financial statements, International Accounting 
Standard 1 requires that the directors: 

•   properly select and apply accounting policies;

•    present information, including accounting policies, in a  

manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information;

financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the 
company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole; and

•   the management report, which is incorporated into the directors’ 

report, includes a fair review of the development and performance 
of the business and the position of the company and the 
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face.

Sir John Egan 
Chairman 

Michael McKeon
Finance Director

32

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance 
Board of directors

Severn Trent Plc board of directors as at 31 March 2010

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11 

1. Dr Tony Ballance BSc (Hons) MA (Econ) PhD (45)
Director of Strategy and Regulation

2. Dr Bernard Bulkin* BS PhD FRSC FRSA FIE (68)
Independent non-executive director

Appointed to the board on 2 October 2007. Tony was last reappointed in 2009 
and is not retiring or standing for reappointment in 2010. 
Tony’s extensive experience in utility policy and regulation working for Ofwat as Chief 
Economist and then as an economic consultant leaves him ideally placed to lead  
the company’s strategic and regulatory work. Other directorships and offices: 
Chief Economist, Office of Water Services (Ofwat) (1996–1999), director of London 
Economics (1999–2000), director of Stone and Webster Consultants (2000–2005).

  E

Appointed to the board on 1 January 2006. Bernard was last reappointed in 
2008 and is not retiring or standing for reappointment in 2010. He is the 
Chairman of the Corporate Responsibility Committee. 
Bernard’s involvement in both innovation and policy on climate change and renewable 
energy, together with an understanding of how to guide improved performance on 
safety and environmental operational issues, enables him to contribute significantly to 
the board. Other directorships and offices: Chairman of Chemrec AB, a Swedish 
company, non-executive director of Accelergy Corporation in California, director of 
Ze-gen Corporation in Boston, Venture Partner at Vantage Point, an international 
venture capital firm, Chief Scientist at BP Plc (1985–2003).

 A

 C

  R

  N

5. Gordon Fryett* (56)
Independent non-executive director 

6. Martin Kane BSc CEng CEnv MICE MIWEM FIWO (57)
Director of Customer Relations 

Appointed to the board in July 2009. Gordon was last re-elected in 2009 and is 
not retiring or standing for reappointment in 2010.  
Gordon’s extensive experience working in and with international businesses, 
accountability for managing large areas of capital expenditure and a broad range of 
executive and operational experience in a highly customer facing environment, 
enables him to bring a great deal of experience and expertise to the board.  
Other directorships and offices: Property Director of Tesco, CEO of Tesco 
Ireland (2001–2006), Director of International Support for Tesco (1997–2001), 
Alumnus of INSEAD.

 C

  N

Appointed to the board in October 2007. Martin has been Director of Customer 
Relations, Severn Trent Water, since May 2006. Martin was last re-elected in 
2008 and is retiring by rotation and standing for reappointment in 2010. 
Martin joined Severn Trent Water in 1975 and has held various senior posts  
giving him an extensive understanding of the design, construction and operation  
of water and waste water treatment plants, water distribution networks and sewerage 
systems. Other directorships and offices: board member of UK Water Industry 
Research Limited, board member of Utilities and Service Industries Training Limited.

 E

9. Baroness Noakes* DBE LLB FCA (60)
Independent non-executive director 

10. Andy Smith BTech (Hons) (49)
Director of Water Services 

Appointed to the board in February 2008. Sheila Noakes was last re-elected in 
2008 and is retiring by rotation and standing for reappointment in 2010. Sheila 
Noakes is the Chairman of the Audit Committee. 
Sheila is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and 
spent most of her career in KPMG where she was a senior partner until 2000. This 
expertise together with experience of directorships within other listed companies 
ensures Sheila is well placed to chair the Audit Committee and contribute effectively to 
the board. Other directorships and offices: senior independent director of 
Carpetright Plc, director of the Reuters Founder Share Company, non-executive 
director of ICI Plc (2004–2008), non-executive director of Hanson Plc (2001–2007), 
Member of the Court of the Bank of England (1994–2001).

 A

  N

Appointed to the board in October 2007. Andy was last re-elected in 2008 and  
is retiring by rotation and standing for reappointment in 2010. 
Andy has worked in the UK and overseas with BP, Mars and Pepsi, and as group HR 
director and a member of the board at Boots. Andy brings a broad range of executive 
and operational experience from different sectors to the board. Other directorships 
and offices: director of Boots Group Plc (2002–2003)

 E

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

33

Board committees

Management committee

  A

  R

  C

  N

  E

Audit 
Committee 
Baroness Noakes (C)* 
Dr Bernard Bulkin* 
Richard Davey* 
Kerry Porritt (S)

Remuneration 
Committee
Richard Davey (C)* 
Dr Bernard Bulkin* 
Sir John Egan* 
Martin Lamb*
Fiona Smith (S)

Corporate 
Responsibility  
Committee
Dr Bernard Bulkin (C)* 
Sir John Egan* 
Gordon Fryett* 
Tony Wray 
Kerry Porritt (S)

(C) Chairman  
(S) Secretary  
( * ) Non-executive director

Nominations 
Committee
Sir John Egan (C)* 
Dr Bernard Bulkin* 
Richard Davey*
Andrew Duff*
Gordon Fryett* 
Martin Lamb* 
Baroness Noakes* 
Tony Wray 
Fiona Smith (S)

Executive 
Committee
Tony Wray (C) 
Dr Tony Ballance
Simon Cocks
Len Graziano
Myron Hrycyk
Martin Kane
Alec Luhaste
Michael McKeon
Alec Richmond
Andy Smith
Fiona Smith

Senior independent 
non-executive director
Richard Davey* 

General Counsel and 
Company Secretary
Fiona Smith

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

3. Richard Davey* BA (61)
Senior independent non-executive director

4. Sir John Egan* MSc (Econ) BSc (70)
Chairman 

Appointed to the board in January 2006. Richard was last reappointed in 2008 
and is not retiring or standing for reappointment in 2010. He is Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee. 
Richard has an investment banking background and was formerly Head of Investment 
Banking at NM Rothschild and Sons. With extensive experience of the financial 
services sector, having run Rothschild’s Financial Services Group and working with a 
number of high street banks and insurers, Richard brings valuable financial expertise 
to the board and Audit Committee and as chair of the Remuneration Committee. 
Other directorships and offices: non-executive Chairman of London Capital 
Holdings Plc, Vice Chairman of Yorkshire Building Society, non-executive director of 
Amlin Plc, non-executive director of Freeserve Plc (1999–2001), non-executive 
director of Scottish Widows Fund and Life Assurance Society (1996–2000).

  A

  R

  N

Appointed to the board in October 2004 and became Chairman in January 
2005. Sir John was last reappointed in 2009 and is retiring in 2010. He is 
Chairman of the Nominations Committee. 
Sir John’s distinguished business career as Chairman and Chief Executive of a 
number of leading UK companies enables him to bring a wealth of experience and 
expertise, in change management and continuous improvement processes, to the 
board and support to the executive management team of the company. 
Other directorships and offices: director of Warwick Castle Park Trust Limited, 
director of Borwick Group Limited, non-executive director of Governance for Owners 
Group LLP, Chair of the ICSA Steering Group commissioned by the Financial 
Reporting Council to review the 2003 Higgs Report, knighted in the Queen’s Birthday 
Honours List in 1986, Deputy Lieutenant of the County of Warwickshire, Chancellor of 
Coventry University, Chairman of Inchape plc (2000-2005), Chairman of Harrison 
Lovegrove and Co Limited (2000–2005), Chairman and Chief Executive of Jaguar plc 
(1984–1989), Chief Executive of BAA plc (1990–1999), Chairman of MEPC 
(1998–2000), President of the Confederation of British Industry (2002–2004).

  C

  R

  N

7. Martin Lamb* BSc MBA (50)
Independent non-executive director 

8. Michael McKeon MA CA (53)
Finance Director 

Appointed to the board in February 2008. Martin was last re-elected in 2008  
and is retiring by rotation and standing for reappointment in 2010. 
Martin has extensive experience of managing and developing large engineering 
businesses in all parts of the world. His strong commercial acumen, experience  
of managing complex projects, and familiarity with current market pressures as  
a serving Chief Executive leave him well placed to add value to the Severn Trent 
business. Other directorships and offices: Chief Executive of IMI plc, 
non-executive director of Spectris plc (1999–2006).

  R

  N

Michael was appointed to the board in December 2005. Michael was last 
reappointed in 2008 and is not retiring or standing for reappointment in 2010. 
Michael has extensive international business experience having worked overseas for 
CarnaudMetalbox, Elf Atochem and Price Waterhouse. He also held various senior 
roles with Rolls-Royce Plc from 1997 to 2000 including Finance Director of Aerospace 
Group and was Finance Director of Novar Plc from 2000 to 2005. Michael is a 
Chartered Accountant and a Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of 
Scotland. Other directorships and offices: non-executive director and Chairman 
of the Audit Committee of The Merchants Trust Plc, Finance Director of Novar Plc 
(2000–2005).

  E

11. Tony Wray BSc (Hons) (48)
Chief Executive 

Appointed to the board in March 2005 and became Chief Executive in October 
2007. Tony was last reappointed in 2009 and is not retiring or standing for 
reappointment in 2010. 
Tony’s experience of a wide range of operational and strategic leadership roles in the 
Energy, Telecoms, Water and Waste industries enables him to bring a multi disciplined 
approach to the board. Other directorships and offices: non-executive director – 
Energy and Utility Skills, the sector skills council, director of Networks at Eircom, the 
Republic of Ireland’s telephone operation (2003–2005), director roles within Transco 
and National Grid Transco (1997–2003).

  C

 N

  E

Andrew J Duff* BSc FEI (51)
Independent non-executive director  
and Chairman Designate

Appointed to the board in May 2010. Andrew is 
standing for reappointment in 2010. 
Andrew’s strong track record working in regulated 
business gives him the relevant experience to make him 
the right Chairman to lead the group through the next 
phase of development. Other directorships and offices: 
Chairman of RWE npower, Group Chief Executive Officer, 
RWE npower (2003–2009), non-executive director of 
Wolseley Plc and member of the CBI Climate Change 
board, Fellow of the Energy Institute.

  N

 
 
 
34

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance 
Executive Committee

The Chief Executive is supported in his 
role by the executive management team 
and together they comprise the 
Executive Committee. During the year, 
the Executive Committee comprised the 
executive directors and senior executive 
managers responsible for key operational 
and central functions. Photographs of the 
members of the committee, together with 
their biographies are set out opposite.

The Executive Committee oversees the 
development and execution of the 
Severn Trent strategy. It also has 
accountability for achieving business 
results. The terms of reference of  
the Executive Committee are  
available on the company’s website 
(www.severntrent.com) or from the 
Company Secretary.

During the year, the Executive 
Committee structured its meetings to 
focus on strategy, business 
management, policy and planning, and 
operational performance. 

Members of the Executive Committee 
were delegated responsibility to sit on 
steering groups overseeing the delivery 
of our strategy in such areas as our 
technologies, our move to Severn Trent 
Centre and our business planning.

1

4

7

2

5

8

10

11

3

6

9

1. Tony Wray BSc (Hons) 
(48) Chief Executive
Please see full biography on  
page 33.

4. Fiona Smith LLB (51) 
General Counsel and 
Company Secretary 
Joined Severn Trent in February 
2006. Fiona is a Solicitor and was 
previously General Counsel and 
Company Secretary at National 
Grid plc, where she worked for 15 
years, before becoming General 
Counsel at Transport for London 
for two years, prior to joining 
Severn Trent.

7. Andy Smith BTech 
(Hons) (49) Director of 
Water Services
Please see full biography on  
page 32. 

10. Myron Hrycyk MBA 
(53) Chief Information 
Officer
Joined Severn Trent in April 
2008. Myron has delivered major 
IT strategic programmes, 
reorganised corporate IT units and 
deployed high performance IT 
practices in previous roles for NYK 
Logistics and Unipart. Myron is  
the executive sponsor of the 
company’s SAP/ERP 
transformation programme.

2. Martin Kane BSc CEng 
CEnv MICE MIWEM FIWO 
(57) Director of Customer 
Relations
Please see full biography on  
page 32.

5. Alec Richmond BSc 
(Econ), FCA, FIIA (52)  
Director of Internal Audit
Joined Severn Trent in June 
2007. Prior to that, he worked for 
Cadbury Schweppes Plc, leading 
the company’s global internal audit 
service from 2000–2005. Before 
joining Severn Trent, he worked for 
RSM Robson Rhodes as a Director 
and a member of the management 
board responsible for Risk 
Assurance Services. Alec is a 
fellow of the ICAEW.

8. Dr Tony Ballance BSc 
(Hons) MA (Econ) PhD (45) 
Director of Strategy and 
Regulation
Please see full biography on  
page 32. 

11. Len Graziano MBA 
BEng (64) President and 
Chief Executive Officer, 
Severn Trent Services
Joined Severn Trent in January 
2000. Prior to joining Severn Trent 
Services, Len served as President 
of Chemineer, Inc., a unit of 
Robbins & Myers, Inc., a global 
leader in industrial mixing and 
agitation equipment and 
technology. He also served as a 
President of Johnston Pump 
Company, a full line vertical pump, 
parts and repair company.

3. Michael McKeon MA CA 
(53) Finance Director
Please see full biography on  
page 33. 

6. Alec Luhaste BA (56) 
Director of Human 
Resources
Joined Severn Trent in July 
2007. Alec was previously Group 
Human Resources Director at 
Taylor Woodrow and has extensive 
experience in many areas of 
Human Resources including 
change management, 
organisational capability and 
development, compensation and 
benefits, and employee relations.

9. Simon Cocks BA(Hons) 
(44) Waste Water Services 
Director 
Joined Severn Trent in July 
2009. Simon is an electrical 
engineer by training and began his 
career in military communications 
working for Plessey and then GEC. 
He previously worked for London 
Electricity in various operational 
and management roles and, more 
recently, for National Grid where 
he was Head of UK Operations 
Performance and Planning, then 
Commercial Director for the gas 
and electricity business in the UK 
and Europe and more recently held 
the position of Chief Procurement 
Officer before joining Severn Trent.

Governance 
Chairman’s letter

Sir John Egan
Chairman

Governance in Severn Trent

The way we are structured
•   Our organisation is structured to allow  

for effective and efficient decision 
making with clear accountabilities.

The way we choose to behave
•   Our Code of Conduct sets out our 
approach to responsible business 
behaviours.

•   The Code of Conduct is supported by  
14 group policies and our behaviour 
model. Further details of the Code of 
Conduct can be found on our website 
www.severntrent.com

The way we assure our performance
•   Management assurance is provided  

by a combination of effective 
management processes and risk  
and compliance activities.

•   Independent assurance is provided 

primarily by Internal Audit, by  
our external auditors and other 
external bodies.

The way 
we are 
structured

The way 
we work

The way 
we choose 
to behave

The way we 
assure our 
performance

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

35

Dear Shareholder

Introduction
I want to set out in this letter how governance underpins our activities in Severn Trent and 
describe how we apply the principles of good corporate governance as set out in the 
Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued by the Financial Reporting Council 
(FRC) in 2008 (Combined Code).

Compliance with the Combined Code
The Combined Code sets out standards of good practice that listed companies are 
expected to follow in areas such as how we structure the board appropriately and develop 
its members, how we pay and reward our executive team, our accountability and audit, and 
our relationship with our shareholders. 

From 1 July 2009 to the year ended 31 March 2010, Severn Trent was fully compliant in its 
application of the Combined Code. From 1 April 2009 to 30 June 2009, we did not comply  
with Code Provision A.3.2 which requires that at least half the board, excluding the 
chairman, should comprise independent non-executive directors.

Martin Houston’s unplanned resignation as a non-executive director in January 2009, due  
to his other work commitments, meant that we needed to appoint another independent 
non-executive director to your board but it had to be the right director, able to demonstrate 
complementary skills and experience, to assist in our decision making. We appointed 
Gordon Fryett with effect from 1 July 2009.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

Our compliance with the Combined Code demonstrates our commitment to the highest 
standards of governance and corporate behaviour. The Combined Code will be replaced 
next year with the UK Corporate Governance Code. The events in our corporate markets 
over the past two years necessitated a review of the Combined Code and your board 
encouraged and supported the changes that the new Code will bring to bear. Our response 
to the consultation on the review of the Combined Code is available for you to review on the 
website of the Financial Reporting Council, (FRC) www.frc.org.uk

Board membership
From 1 July 2009 the board has consisted of me, your non-executive Chairman, five 
executive directors and five independent non-executive directors. Together, as a unified 
board, I believe we bring an appropriate balance of innovation, experience, independence 
and challenge to ensure effective decision making.

Photographs of the members of the board, together with their biographies and a description 
of the skills that they bring to bear, can be found on pages 32 and 33. 

Role of the Chairman
I joined the board in October 2004 and was appointed Chairman on 1 January 2005.

During my time as your Chairman, we have successfully established a strong and 
committed executive team who are driving continuous improvement throughout Severn 
Trent’s activities.

With effect from the end of this year’s AGM, on 20 July, I shall retire as your Chairman.

The board engaged Zygos, an independent executive search team, last year to lead  
the search for my successor and Richard Davey, your senior independent non-executive 
director chaired the Nominations Committee in the search and recommendation of  
a successor.

I am delighted that Andrew Duff has agreed to be your Chairman and, having been 
appointed to the board on 10 May 2010, will stand for reappointment at the AGM.

The role of the Chairman is to lead a unified board, facilitating its members at its meetings, 
and to be responsible for ensuring that the principles and processes of the board are 
maintained in line with the Board Governance document. 

Agendas for our meetings are agreed in consultation with the Chief Executive (CE) and 
Company Secretary, although any director may request that an item be added to the 
agenda. I have authority to act and speak for the board between its meetings, including 
engaging with the CE. I report to the board and committee Chairmen as appropriate on 

36

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance – Chairman’s letter (continued)

Group Authorisation Arrangements
The Group Authorisation Arrangements 
(GAA) are the framework through which 
the Severn Trent Plc board authorises 
the right people, at the right level, to take 
important decisions as we manage legal, 
financial and administrative issues 
throughout the group. The GAA are 
designed to facilitate good control, 
efficient decision making and 
demonstrable compliance.

The flow of authority is from the Severn 
Trent Plc board to the CE. In respect of 
certain issues, the delegated authority is 
subject to an obligation to work with 
specialist business services areas (such 
as Tax, Treasury, Finance and Company 
Secretariat) that provide additional 
expertise and a group wide perspective. 

Governance of subsidiaries
The board of the listed company,  
Severn Trent Plc, is the same as that of 
its regulated subsidiary, Severn Trent  
Water Limited. This structure was 
implemented in 2007 when it was 
decided to integrate the management of 
the listed company with the management 
of the regulated entity to gain greater 
focus, transparency and effectiveness 
around the regulated business.

The two companies operate as distinct 
legal entities. The boards have regard to 
the Severn Trent Plc Board Governance 
document and the Severn Trent Water 
Limited Matters Reserved to the Board. 
They are assisted through the 
management of separate agendas, 
meetings and minutes by the Company 
Secretariat and advised in their  
meetings by the Company Secretary 
where appropriate.

Subsidiary company boards are required 
to be managed scrupulously with respect 
to all legal, fiscal and administrative 
matters. In particular, the relationships 
between Severn Trent Water Limited, the 
regulated entity, and our non-regulated 
businesses such as Severn Trent 
Services are monitored and controlled to 
ensure that we comply with our Ofwat 
obligations on arm’s length transactions. 

decisions and actions taken between meetings of the board. I also meet with the non-
executive directors without the executive directors present, to consider the performance of 
the executive directors and to provide feedback.

Senior independent non-executive director
Richard Davey is the senior independent non-executive director. He chairs the 
Remuneration Committee and is a member of the Audit and Nominations Committees.  
The board has agreed that Richard Davey will act as Chairman of the board in the event that 
I am unable to do so for any reason. 

During the year, Richard chaired the Nominations Committee, leading the search for  
my successor. 

Due to my role on the steering group and advising the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and 
Administrators (ICSA) on the review of the Higgs guidance on board effectiveness, Richard 
also led our board’s response to this consultation. Our response can be found on the FRC 
website www.frc.org.uk

Non-executive directors
Your non-executive directors are appointed to the board to contribute their external expertise 
and experience in areas of importance to the group such as corporate finance, general 
finance, corporate strategy, environmental matters, general management and supply chain 
management. They also provide independent challenge and rigour in the board’s 
deliberations and are encouraged to make independent assessments of the company’s 
competencies. The non-executive directors, led by Richard as the senior independent 
non-executive director, meet without me at least once a year, where there is an opportunity 
for them to appraise my performance.

Your board has reviewed the status of the non-executive directors and considers them all to 
be independent in character and judgment and within the definition of this term in the 
Combined Code.

Chief Executive
The board has delegated all responsibility beyond its matters reserved to the CE to achieve 
the company’s strategy. The CE, Tony Wray, is empowered to take all decisions and actions 
that further the company’s strategy and which in his judgment are reasonable, having regard 
to the CE limits set out in the company’s Group Authorisation Arrangements (GAA).

Executive directors
The executive directors support Tony in driving strategy forward in Severn Trent. They are 
committed to implementing strategy in a responsible way that takes account of our 
commitment to long term responsible stewardship of the business, the environment, our 
customers and the communities in which we live and work. 

Role of the Company Secretary
All directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, Fiona 
Smith, and the Company Secretariat team. The Company Secretary is responsible for 
ensuring that the board operates in accordance with the governance framework it has 
adopted and that there are good information flows to the board and its committees and 
between senior management and the non-executive directors.

In her role as the group’s General Counsel, Fiona is a part of the Severn Trent executive 
management team with responsibility for the Business Resilience and Security, Company 
Secretariat, Legal, Risk, Compliance and Insurance teams. 

The appointment and resignation of the Company Secretary is a matter for consideration by 
the board as a whole.

Induction
On joining the board, directors are evaluated and then provided with a comprehensive and 
individualised induction pack that includes notes on the group structure, the regulatory 
framework of the operating businesses within the group, financial reports and business 
plans and information on our governance framework. 

Meetings are arranged with members of the executive management team and external 
advisers who provide support to the relevant board committees the directors may serve on. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

37

Shareholders
The board recognises the importance  
of representing and promoting the 
interests of its shareholders and that  
it is accountable to shareholders for  
the performance and activities of  
the company.

Retail shareholder engagement 
strategy
The board has an active shareholder 
engagement strategy, the main elements 
of which are set out below.

The Annual Report and Accounts is the 
principal means of communicating with 
shareholders. The group adopted 
e-communications after they were 
approved by shareholders as an 
alternative means of receiving company 
information at the 2007 annual general 
meeting. As at 31 March 2010, 42,449 
shareholders receive company 
communications via electronic methods 
whilst 27,385 shareholders continue to 
receive communications by post.

The company’s website  
(www.severntrent.com) contains an 
archive of annual reports together with 
other information relevant to investors.  
This includes comprehensive share  
price information, financial results and 
financial calendars.

The company offers a Dividend 
Reinvestment Plan (DRIP). Details of  
the DRIP are available on the company 
website and the website of Equiniti,  
our registrar.

Further shareholder information can  
be found on pages 123 to 124.

Visits to operational and office sites across the group are also arranged for directors joining 
the board.

Continuing professional development
Regular seminars, arranged to coincide with board meetings, are held to update and refresh 
the board’s knowledge and understanding on a variety of topics. During this year, we had 
sessions to understand and examine the construction and delivery of our business plan for 
the next five years. 

Moving forward, we will be creating individual programmes for learning and development. 
The programmes will be reviewed by your Chairman with each director as part of the annual 
performance and effectiveness reviews undertaken by the board.

Performance and effectiveness reviews
In 2008/09, the board participated in a formal evaluation of its own performance and that  
of individual directors. To ensure independence and objectivity the review was externally 
facilitated by Praesta Partners LLP. We noted that although the board was effective  
across key aspects of its role and supporting processes, the directors felt that they needed 
to move the emphasis of the board’s attention from detailed operational issues to long term 
strategic issues.

In 2009/10, working closely with Tony Wray, your CE, and Fiona Smith, the Company 
Secretary, we structured the content of the board and committee agendas to support that 
move in emphasis. 

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

In April 2010, the board commenced a review of its effectiveness and the effectiveness of its 
key committees. That review is being led by me, your Chairman, assisted by Fiona Smith, 
and facilitated by Lintstock, an independent firm of corporate governance advisers. The 
review is in the form of an online questionnaire to be followed by a series of confidential 
interviews between each director, the Company Secretary and me. I shall present the 
results of the review to the board at its meeting in July and the results of that review will form 
part of my successor’s induction pack.

Board processes
We have processes in place regarding:

•   our tasks and activities (board membership and administration);

•   the matters specifically reserved for our decision making, the authority delegated to the 

CE, the accountability of the CE for that authority, and guidance on managing the 
relationship between us and the CE; and 

•   the boundaries on CE action (CE limits).

An approved Board Governance document outlines those processes and is available on  
our website www.severntrent.com

The board has reserved the following for its own consideration:

•   the appointment of the CE, directors, the Company Secretary and the Director of  

Financial calendar

Internal Audit;

•   the strategy and budgets of the company;

•   the GAA which set out the group’s delegated approval limits;

•   decisions regarding the company and its subsidiaries required to be made by the 
company’s GAA, constitutional documents, statute or external regulation; and

•   the approval or adoption of documents (including the publication of reports and 

statements to shareholders), required to be made by the board by the company’s GAA, 
constitutional documents, statute or external regulation.

16 June 2010 

18 June 2010 

20 July 2010 

30 July 2010 

23 November 2010 

14 January 2011 

 Ex-dividend date for 
2009/10 final dividend
 Record date for 
2009/10 final dividend
 AGM, International 
Convention Centre, 
Birmingham, B1 2EA
 Payment date for 
proposed 2009/10 final 
dividend
 Announcement date for 
2010/11 interim results

 Payment date for 
proposed 2010/11 
interim dividend

38

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance – Chairman’s letter (continued)

Reporting obligations
As a publicly listed company, the 
company has a range of reporting 
obligations to meet that are set out by law 
and regulation. The company is 
committed to the promotion of investor 
confidence by taking steps within its 
power to ensure that trade in its 
securities takes place in an efficient and 
informed market.

The company recognises the importance 
of effective communication as a key  
part of building shareholder value  
and that, to prosper and achieve growth, 
it must (among other things) earn the  
trust of security holders, employees, 
customers, suppliers and communities, 
by being open in its communications  
and consistently delivering on its 
commitments.

The company announces its results on a 
half yearly basis and complies with the 
requirement to make interim 
management statements.

Institutional shareholders and analysts
Presentations are made to shareholders 
and analysts following the release of the 
interim and year end results. The Chief 
Executive and Finance Director meet 
shareholders during the year. The 
Chairman and, if appropriate, the senior 
independent non-executive director are 
available to meet shareholders if 
required. The board receives written 
feedback following meetings with 
institutional shareholders and monitors 
shareholder activity on a quarterly basis 
at its meetings.

Board meetings
We have regular scheduled meetings throughout the year. 

Papers, including minutes of board committees held since the previous board meeting and 
performance reports, are circulated in advance of each meeting.

There is an agreed procedure in place which allows directors to take independent 
professional advice in the course of their duties and all directors have access to the advice 
and services of the Company Secretary. Where a director has a concern over any 
unresolved matter he/she is entitled to require the Company Secretary to minute that 
concern. Should the director later resign over the issue, I, as Chairman, will bring it to the 
attention of the board.

Board attendance in 2009/10
Sir John Egan 
Tony Ballance 
Dr Bernard Bulkin 
Richard Davey 
Gordon Fryett 
Martin Kane 

8/8  Martin Lamb 
8/8  Michael McKeon 
Baroness Noakes 
7/8 
Andy Smith 
8/8 
Tony Wray 
5/6 
8/8 

8/8
8/8
8/8
8/8
8/8

Gordon Fryett was unable to attend one scheduled board meeting due to a family 
commitment arranged prior to his appointment to the board.

Bernard Bulkin was unable to attend one scheduled board meeting due to overseas 
business commitments.

In both cases, the directors reviewed the relevant agenda and papers and provided 
comments to me in advance of the meeting.

During the year, we finalised and submitted Severn Trent Water’s business plan for AMP5. 
In working through this process with the executive management team, we considered the 
impact of our plans on all of our stakeholders and used our risk management process to 
help us understand and assess that impact both for the five year period of our plan and our 
25 year strategic direction statement. 

In addition to the formal board meetings, your board attended one full day strategy session 
this year, where the board and executive management team together considered Severn 
Trent Water’s Draft and Final Determination and Severn Trent Services’ growth plan. During 
the financial year, nine ad hoc meetings of the board were convened to consider such 
matters as Severn Trent Water’s Draft Determination, Severn Trent Plc’s preliminary and 
interim results and interim management statements.

Board committees
We have established committees of the board to deal with specific issues or approvals, as 
and when necessary.

The four permanent committees of the board assist in the execution of its responsibilities 
and the board delegated some of its responsibilities to those board committees. The 
committees assist the board by focusing on their specific activities, fulfilling their roles and 
responsibilities, reporting to the board on decisions and actions taken, and making any 
necessary recommendations.

The terms of reference of the Audit, Remuneration and Nominations Committees comply 
with the provisions of the Combined Code and are available for inspection, together with the 
terms of reference of the Corporate Responsibility Committee, on the company’s website 
(www.severntrent.com) or may be obtained on written request from the Company Secretary 
at the address given on the back cover.

Each of the committees has reviewed its effectiveness and terms of reference during the 
year and any necessary actions have been identified and reported to the board.

Reports from the Chairmen of these committees are set out on pages 41 to 57 of this report.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

39

Terms and conditions of appointment
We have made the terms and conditions of appointment of the directors available for 
inspection by any person at the company’s registered office during normal business hours. 
They will also be available at the AGM. The letters of appointment of the directors can also 
be seen at our website www.severntrent.com

Remuneration
The Directors’ remuneration report is set out on pages 45 to 57.

Insurance and indemnities
Severn Trent purchases directors’ and officers’ liability and indemnity insurance to cover its 
directors and officers against the costs of defending themselves in civil proceedings taken 
against them in that capacity, and in respect of damages resulting from the unsuccessful 
defence of any proceedings.

Interests
No director had a material interest at any time during the year in any contract of significance 
with the company or any of its subsidiary undertakings.

Conflicts of interests – update
Last year, the Governance report described in full the process that the board had put in place 
to authorise situational conflicts in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

For any actual or potential conflicts, the following procedure has been adopted by the board 
to consider and, if it sees fit, to authorise situations where a director has an interest that 
conflicts, or may possibly conflict, with the interests of the company:

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

•   the director will notify the Chairman and Company Secretary of the actual or  

potential conflict;

•   the Nominations Committee will consider the notification and determine whether  

it needs to be proposed to a board meeting for authorisation; and

•   the conflict will be considered by the board at a scheduled board meeting.

Full details of the conflict will be sent to directors in advance of the meeting. If there is a 
major conflict or it is decided that authorisation should not wait until the next scheduled 
meeting, the board would be asked to authorise the conflict by way of written resolution.

In addition to reviewing any conflicts notified and proposing them for authorisation by the 
board, the Nominations Committee monitors changes to previously notified conflicts and 
any conditions imposed. Half yearly reports are made to the board of all directors’ conflicts 
and directors are reminded from time to time of their obligations. An annual review of 
conflicts is carried out and this is incorporated into the year end process of verifying 
directors’ interests.

Annual general meeting
The AGM of the company will be held at the International Convention Centre, Broad Street, 
Birmingham B1 2EA at 11am on Tuesday 20 July 2010.

The AGM is shareholders’ opportunity to feedback to the company on performance, 
management and the way we work in a very direct fashion – through the way they vote – 
either in favour of the resolution, against the resolution or by withholding their vote so that it 
does not count either for or against. It is also shareholders’ opportunity to meet informally 
with directors and senior management before and after the meeting and ask formal 
questions during the meeting.

The board encourages shareholders to attend the company’s AGM and exercise their right to 
vote. The notice of meeting and related papers are sent to shareholders at least 20 working days 
before the meeting. Separate resolutions are proposed on each substantially separate issue.

Presentations are made on the group’s activities and performance prior to the formal 
business of the meeting. Shareholders have the opportunity to ask questions of the board 
and present their views. The Chairmen of the Audit, Corporate Responsibility, Remuneration 
and Nominations Committees, together with all other directors, will attend the AGM.

40

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance – Chairman’s letter (continued)

The company uses electronic voting at the AGM, allowing shareholders present at the 
meeting to register one vote per share held. Results of the poll on each resolution, including 
details of the votes for and against registered prior to and at the meeting, proxy votes and 
the number of abstentions will be displayed at the meeting.

The poll results and a list of questions and answers from the AGM will be made available on 
our website after the meeting.

At the 2009 AGM, over 75 shareholders registered for Severn Trent’s Shareholder 
Networking Programme. The aim of the programme is to offer retail shareholders the 
opportunity to learn more about the company, through a combination of site visits and 
talking to staff.

The 2009 event was hosted by Martin Kane, Director of Customer Relations and a member 
of the board, and Fiona Smith, the Company Secretary. Twenty-one participants were taken 
to Minworth, to our Sewage Treatment Works, for a tour and presentation on renewable 
energy. This was followed by a visit to Raynesway for a tour of our depot centre and 
customer contact centre.

Positive feedback was given on the organisation and content with strong support for the 
company continuing the programme, both from shareholders and employees who enjoyed 
the positive interest shown in their work and their part in explaining what work they did.

Your board encourages those shareholders attending the 2010 AGM to register for this 
year’s visit.

Reappointment
At this year’s AGM, it is proposed that the directors listed below stand for reappointment:

Martin Kane 
Martin Lamb 

Baroness Noakes
Andy Smith 

In accordance with the company’s articles of association, all directors are required to stand 
for reappointment at least every three years. This year, a total of four directors are retiring by 
rotation and standing for reappointment. Directors chosen for reappointment will vary and 
these directors have the longest service since their last reappointment.

In addition, Andrew Duff has been appointed to the board since the 2009 AGM. In 
accordance with the company’s articles of association he will also stand for reappointment 
at this year’s AGM.

Conclusions
During my tenure as Chairman, I have presided over five years which have seen our 
business move from a position of offering poor service standards in 2005 to completing the 
delivery of our AMP4 programme successfully, after three years of continuous improvement 
in our operational, regulatory and customer service performance. Your board has worked 
effectively in ensuring that we have continued to deliver this marked improvement during 
2009/10, together with a strong increase in our underlying profitability. The board has also 
been successful in starting to deliver a clear long term strategy for Severn Trent, so that we 
are well placed to take advantage of the opportunities that significant business, policy and 
regulatory changes may bring during the AMP5 period. In closing my last full year as your 
Chairman, I would like to thank board members, staff, our shareholders and all our other 
stakeholders for the support given to me during my tenure with Severn Trent. On behalf of 
you all, I wish my designated successor, Andy Duff, every success in the new role which he 
is due to take up on 20 July 2010.

Sir John Egan
Chairman

 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

41

Governance 
Nominations Committee

This report provides details of the role of the Nominations Committee and the work it has 
undertaken during the year. 

The committee keeps under review the balance of skills on the board and the knowledge, 
experience, length of service and performance of the directors. It also reviews their external 
interests with a view to identifying any actual, perceived or potential conflicts of interests, 
including the time available to commit to their duties to the company. The committee 
monitors the independence of each non-executive director and makes recommendations 
concerning such to the board. The results of these reviews are important when the board 
considers succession planning and the election and reappointment of directors. Members of 
the committee take no part in any discussions concerning their own circumstances.

The members of the Nominations Committee in 2009/10 were the non-executive directors 
of the board and the CE, Tony Wray.

In May 2009 the committee recommended the appointment of Gordon Fryett to the board 
as an independent non-executive director. Gordon’s experience of major capital projects at 
Tesco was a key driver in that decision.

During the year, the committee was primarily occupied with the search for Sir John Egan’s 
successor. The search was led by Richard Davey to ensure independence in the duration of 
the handover of the role.

The board accepted the committee’s recommendations that Andrew Duff join the board, 
with effect from 10 May 2010. Andrew will be appointed Chairman at the close of this year’s 
AGM, upon Sir John’s retirement.

In respect of Andrew’s appointment, the committee engaged an external search agency, 
Zygos, who assisted in identifying suitable candidates with the skills and capabilities 
required and in preparing an interview list.

In March this year the Nominations Committee formally reviewed the performance, 
contribution and commitment of each of the directors retiring at this year’s AGM and  
seeking reappointment. The committee supports and recommends their reappointment  
to the board. The committee has confirmed that each director standing for reappointment 
continues to perform well on an individual and collective basis, making a valuable 
contribution to the board’s deliberations and demonstrating commitment to the long term 
interests of the company.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

Nominations Committee attendance in 2009/10
Sir John Egan  
Dr Bernard Bulkin  
Richard Davey  
Gordon Fryett  
Martin Lamb  
Baroness Noakes  
Tony Wray  

5/5
4/5
5/5
1/2
4/5
4/5
5/5

Each committee meeting complied with the terms of reference in that a minimum of five 
members were in attendance, with the majority being independent, non-executive directors.

Sir John Egan
Chairman of the Nominations Committee

The main purpose of the committee is to 
assist the board by keeping the 
composition of the board under review 
and conducting a rigorous and 
transparent process when making or 
renewing appointments of directors to the 
board. It also advises the board on 
issues of directors’ conflicts of interest 
and independence. The full terms of 
reference for the committee can be found 
on the company’s website (www.
severntrent.com) and are also available 
from the Company Secretary.

Succession planning
When considering new appointments to 
the board, the Nominations Committee 
oversees the preparation of a position 
specification that is provided to an 
independent recruitment organisation 
retained to conduct a global search. In 
addition to the specific skills, knowledge 
and experience deemed necessary, the 
specification contains criteria such as:
•   a proven track record of creating 

shareholder value;
•   unquestioned integrity;
•   a commitment to the highest standards 

of governance;

•   having the required time available to 

devote to the job;

•   strategic mindset, an awareness of 
market leadership, outstanding 
monitoring skills;

•   a preparedness to question, challenge 

and openly assess; and

•   an independent point of view.

42

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance 
Audit Committee

Baroness Noakes DBE
Chairman of the Audit Committee

The purpose of the committee is to assist 
the board in discharging its 
responsibilities for the integrity of the 
company’s financial statements, the 
assessment of the effectiveness of the 
systems of internal controls and 
monitoring the effectiveness and 
objectivity of the internal and external 
auditors. The full terms of reference for 
the committee can be found on the 
company’s website (www.severntrent.
com) and are also available from the 
Company Secretary.

This report provides details of the role of the Audit Committee and the work it has 
undertaken during the year.

The members of the Audit Committee are Baroness Noakes DBE (Chairman), Dr Bernard 
Bulkin and Richard Davey whose experience and background are set out on pages 32 and 
33. The board is satisfied that Baroness Noakes and Richard Davey have recent and 
relevant financial experience. The Chairman, Chief Executive, the Finance Director, the 
Director of Internal Audit, the Director of Strategy and Regulation, the Group Financial 
Controller, the Company Secretary and the external auditors normally attend, by invitation,  
all meetings of the committee. Other members of senior management are also invited to 
attend as appropriate to present reports. In performing its duties, the committee has access 
to the services of the Director of Internal Audit, the Company Secretary and external 
professional advisers.

Like most audit committees the committee focuses on the financial statements of the 
Severn Trent group which are published at the half year and year end. The regulated 
activities carried out by Severn Trent Water Limited result in other reporting obligations to 
Ofwat and these are also covered by the Audit Committee. These regulatory reporting 
obligations cover a comprehensive annual return on all of the Severn Trent Water’s 
regulatory obligations, known as the June Return, and a statement which underpins the 
charges made by Severn Trent Water, known as the Principal Statement.

The external auditors, Deloitte LLP, make public reports on the half year accounts and on 
the annual reports. Deloitte also reports to Ofwat in respect of the June Return. The June 
Return covers many aspects which are not financial and Severn Trent Water appoints a 
Reporter, WS Atkins, to report to us on those aspects. The Audit Committee receives 
reports from Deloitte and the Reporter on their work as part of its review of the financial 
statements and returns.

There are four primary meetings of the committee each year and the table below, which 
shows the agenda items for the meetings held in 2009/10, shows how the annual cycle 
covers all of the regular items as well as handling specific issues. 

Date  

May 2009 

Key agenda items

 Review the preliminary announcement and group accounts for year 
ended 31 March 2009

 Review the June Return executive summary and board overview

 Review the effectiveness of the systems of internal control

 Review the external auditors' independence, objectivity and 
performance, and recommendation to the board of the reappointment 
of Deloitte

 Review six monthly update on risks and risk management

September 2009 

 Agree the external auditors audit plan for 2009/10 and approve the 
auditors fee proposal

Review the process and timeline for the 2011/12 Principal Statement

Detailed assessment of Deloitte’s performance on 2008/09 audit and  
approval of audit fee

Six monthly update from Internal Audit

 Review of assurance framework for SAP programme

November 2009 

 Review six monthly update report on Enterprise Risk Management

Financial statements for half year and interim results announcement

Progress report on SAP programme

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

43

Policy on the provision of  
non-audit services
The company has approved a formal 
policy on the provision of non-audit 
services aimed at safeguarding and 
supporting the independence and 
objectivity of the external auditors.

The policy sets out the approach to be 
taken by the group when using the 
services of the external auditors, 
including requiring that certain services 
provided by the external auditors are 
pre-approved by the Audit Committee  
or its Chairman. 

It distinguishes between those services 
where an independent view is required 
and that should be performed by the 
external auditors (such as statutory and 
non-statutory audit and assurance work), 
prohibited services where the 
independence of the external auditors 
could be threatened and they must not 
be used, and other non-audit services 
where the external auditors may be used. 

Non-audit services where the external 
auditors may be used include: non-
recurring internal controls and risk 
management reviews (i.e. excluding 
outsourcing of internal audit work), advice 
on financial reporting and regulatory 
matters, due diligence on acquisitions 
and disposals, project assurance and 
advice, tax compliance services, and 
employee tax services. 

The approval of the Audit Committee or 
its Chairman is always required if a 
non-audit service provided by the 
auditors is expected to cost more than 
£100,000 or if non-audit fees for the year 
would thereby exceed the amount of the 
audit fee.

Date  

Key agenda items (continued)

March 2010 

 Agree Internal Audit Plan 2010/11 

Review of the work of Internal Audit for 2009/10 including the fraud log

Approve the process for the June Return 2010 submission

Review the committee’s terms of reference and 2010/11 agendas 

Preliminary review of accounting issues for the 2010 financial 
statements and June Return

Review of implications of Bribery Act 2010

Review assurance arrangements for key risks (see page 58)

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

For 2009/10 Ofwat have introduced additional reporting requirements in relation to the split 
of operating costs and fixed assets between business units, as determined by Ofwat. The 
processes to achieve this, together with the judgments required in allocating costs and 
assets which are not managed in the same way as the business units are defined, have 
been reviewed by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee intends to hold an additional 
review meeting prior to the submission of the final returns to Ofwat.

The committee receives reports from the external auditors and regularly holds discussions 
with both the internal and external auditors in the absence of management. The 
committee reports to the subsequent meeting of the board on the committee’s work and the 
board receives a copy of the minutes of each meeting of the committee.

Internal audit
The Director of Internal Audit and his Internal Audit team are employed by Severn Trent Plc. 
On a day to day basis the group’s Internal Audit function reports to management on the 
effectiveness of the company’s systems of internal controls and the adequacy of these 
systems to manage business risk and to safeguard the group’s assets and resources. This 
work is summarised and reported to the Audit Committee on a regular basis and is a key 
element of the assurance that the committee receives on the risks and controls in the group.

The plans, the level of resources and the budget of the Internal Audit function are reviewed 
at least annually by the Audit Committee. The Director of Internal Audit is free to raise any 
issues with the committee or its Chairman at any time during the year.

External auditor
Deloitte LLP (Deloitte) were appointed auditors of the company in 2005. The Audit 
Committee reviews the auditors effectiveness each year prior to recommending to the board 
that they be proposed for reappointment at the AGM. Deloitte audits all significant 
subsidiaries of the group.

Annually, the committee reviews information provided by the external auditors confirming 
their independence and objectivity within the context of applicable regulatory requirements 
and professional standards. This process is completed in September of each year to enable 
a tender process to be completed before the following AGM if necessary. The company 
does not have a policy of tendering the external audit at specific intervals. The auditors 
tenure runs from one AGM to the next and there are no contractual obligations that act to 
restrict the committee’s choice of external auditors.

Details of the amounts paid to Deloitte for audit and non-audit services are provided in 
note 7 to the accounts page 76.

In accordance with the requirements for auditor independence, our lead partner is standing 
down after the 2009/10 audit having served five years in that capacity. Our new lead partner 
has observed the 2009/10 audit to ensure continuity following the changeover.

Audit Committee attendance in 2009/10
Baroness Noakes  
Dr Bernard Bulkin  
Richard Davey  

4/4 
4/4 
4/4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance 
Corporate Responsibility Committee

Dr Bernard Bulkin
Chairman of the Corporate  
Responsibility Committee

The purpose of the committee is to 
provide guidance and direction to the 
group’s corporate responsibility (CR) 
programme, review the key CR risks and 
opportunities and to monitor progress. 
The full terms of reference for the 
committee can be found on the 
company’s website (www.severntrent.
com) and are also available from the 
Company Secretary.

The committee reviews annually the 
group’s formal whistleblowing policy that 
deals with allegations from employees 
relating to breaches of the Code of 
Conduct and reviews at each of its 
meetings the whistleblowing incident log.

We continue to integrate corporate responsibility (CR) into our core business strategies and 
operations for both Severn Trent Water and Severn Trent Services. We have also confirmed 
the structure for our CR policy and framework. This is based around the four areas of 
Workplace, Marketplace, Environment and Community which provide a common framework 
for both our businesses – regulated and non-regulated. For each of the areas, there are four 
goals within our CR policy which define the direction for our focus and performance.

Within our CR framework, we have identified 10 focus areas which are critical to our 
management of risk and reputation. These areas have been determined through 
stakeholder dialogue, risk assessment and benchmarking within the water industry and the 
FTSE 100. The 10 areas provide the focus of the forward agenda of our CR Committee.

Workplace:
Health, safety and wellbeing. Employee skills, conduct and motivation. Diversity.

Marketplace:
Customer needs – including vulnerable customers. Supply chain responsibility.

Environment:
Environmental stewardship. Waste reduction and recycling. Climate change – 
mitigation and adaptation.

Community:
Community engagement. Working with our customers – including pollution 
prevention and water efficiency.

These focus areas also determine our approach to working in collaboration with other 
organisations who share mutual interests and objectives. Further information is available  
on our corporate website www.severntrent.com/corporateresponsibility

To embed and track delivery against the CR focus areas, we have reviewed how we 
measure and report our progress. Within Severn Trent Water we already have an effective 
performance management system in place through 20 core business Key Performance 
Indicators (KPIs) and eight KSIs. These are overseen by the Severn Trent Executive 
Committee and the board. Many of the business KPIs relate directly to our CR focus areas 
and therefore contribute significantly to our CR performance.

We report internally on our performance through both our Executive Committee and our  
CR Committee. Externally, we report through a number of channels including our annual 
June Return (our regulatory submission to Ofwat), our websites, our Annual Report and 
Accounts and our CR Summary Report.

Our CR Summary Report for 2009/10 details our strategy and approach to  
CR and our performance against key issues. The report can be found at  
www.severntrent.com/corporateresponsibility

The members of the Corporate Responsibility Committee are Dr Bernard Bulkin (Chairman), 
Sir John Egan, Gordon Fryett and Tony Wray.

Corporate Responsibility Committee attendance in 2009/10
Sir John Egan  
Dr Bernard Bulkin  
Gordon Fryett  
Tony Wray  

5/5 
5/5 
3/5 
5/5

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

45

Governance 
Directors’ remuneration report

Richard Davey
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee assists 
the board by focusing on the activities 
detailed below, reporting to the board on 
decisions and actions taken, and making 
any necessary recommendations:

•   the remuneration policy and its 

application to the CE and executives 
reporting to the CE;

•   the adoption of annual and longer term 

incentive plans;

•   determination of levels of reward to the 

CE and approval of reward to 
executives reporting to the CE;

•   setting the Chairman’s fee; and

•   the communication to shareholders  

on remuneration policy and the 
committee’s work on behalf of  
the board.

The full terms of reference for  
the committee can be found on  
the company’s website  
(www.severntrent.com) and are also 
available from the Company Secretary.

Dear Shareholder

This report provides details of the role of the Remuneration Committee and the work it has 
undertaken during the year.

It also sets out the remuneration policy for the directors of Severn Trent Plc and discloses 
the amounts paid to them in the year ended 31 March 2010.

This report is subject to a shareholder vote and has been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006, the principles of the Combined Code on 
Corporate Governance and best practice guidelines.

A resolution to approve the Directors’ remuneration report will be proposed at the AGM.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee determines, on behalf of the board, the company’s policy on 
the remuneration of executive directors and the Chairman of the board. The committee 
determines the total remuneration packages and contractual terms and conditions for these 
individuals. The committee is also consulted on the remuneration policy for the next band of 
senior executive managers. The policy framework for remunerating all senior executive 
managers is consistent with the approach taken for executive directors.

The committee is comprised exclusively of independent non-executive directors of 
the company, with the exception of Sir John Egan, the company Chairman, who was 
independent on his appointment to the board. 

The members of the Remuneration Committee are Dr Bernard Bulkin, Sir John Egan, 
Martin Lamb and me.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

Remuneration Committee attendance in 2009/10
4/4 
Richard Davey  
4/4 
Dr Bernard Bulkin 
Sir John Egan 
4/4 
Martin Lamb (appointed to Committee 22 January 2010)  1/1

With the exception of Sir John Egan, the committee members have no personal financial 
interest, other than as shareholders, in the matters to be decided. As stated above, as 
company Chairman, Sir John Egan’s fees are set by the committee and he is not party to 
this discussion. In setting performance related remuneration, the committee has regard to 
the provisions set out in Schedule A to the Combined Code.

Advisers
To ensure that the company’s remuneration practices are market competitive, the 
committee has access to detailed external research on market data and trends from 
experienced specialist consultants.

The committee has received material advice from Hewitt New Bridge Street (a trading name 
of Hewitt Associates Ltd), which has been appointed by the committee for the purpose of 
providing this advice. Hewitt New Bridge Street, the principal adviser to the committee, has 
not provided any other services to the company.

The Chief Executive, Tony Wray, and the Human Resources Director, Alec Luhaste, also 
attended the committee meetings to provide advice and respond to specific questions. Such 
attendances specifically excluded any matter concerning their own remuneration. The 
Company Secretary, Fiona Smith, acts as secretary to the committee.

Remuneration Committee activity
During the year ended 31 March 2010, the Remuneration Committee met four times to 
discuss the key remuneration issues arising, the operation of the remuneration policy and 

46

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance – Directors’ remuneration report (continued)

the market updates by its advisers. The following table sets out what 
the Remuneration Committee covered at each of the meetings over 
the course of the year.

Date  

Key agenda items

May 2009  

 Agree the vesting results for 2008/09 annual 
bonus scheme and the 2006 LTIP awards

November 2009 

 Approve the incentive plan targets for 2009/10 
including the setting of personal targets for the 
annual bonus scheme

 Review of the executive pay environment in 
2009 and the challenges facing Severn Trent, 
the issues raised by the UK tax changes and 
the expectations for 2010

Incentive plan performance update

January 2010 

 Review of the market competitiveness of the 
executive directors’ total remuneration package

 Review of how the annual bonus scheme will 
operate in 2010/11

 Review of the appropriateness of the total 
shareholder return performance condition for 
Severn Trent long term incentive plan awards, 
in particular the impact of the water industry 
AMP periods, the choice of comparator group 
and alternative approaches

 Review of the executive directors’  
shareholding requirements

March 2010  

 Review of director service agreement  
best practice

Incentive plan performance update

Review of the Chairman’s fee

Review of the committee’s terms of reference

The Remuneration Committee reviews, on a regular basis, the 
operation and the overall market competitiveness of the total 
remuneration package for the executive directors. The most recent 
review showed that, in most respects, the remuneration policy 
remains appropriate for the company. The key conclusions reached 
by the committee during the year can be summarised as follows:

 •   In 2009/10, a general policy of a zero increase for executive 
director base salaries was adopted, in line with the broader 
employee salary review policy at the time. For 2010/11, having 
regard to current economic conditions and the policy for broader 
employees, a general policy of 2% increase for executive director 
base salaries will be adopted.

•   The committee continued to review the market alignment of the 
Chief Executive’s base salary. The £50,000 increase proposed 
last year was turned down by the Chief Executive having regard 
to the salary constraints across the group at the time. However, 
the committee agreed that it was important to address this issue 
again this year and, accordingly, will increase the Chief Executive’s 
base salary from £450,000 to £500,000 for 2010/11.

•   The annual bonus scheme, linked to the company’s KPIs, 
continues to meet the operational needs of the business.

•   Additional metrics based on the performance of the Severn Trent 
Services business will continue to apply to the Chief Executive 
and Finance Director.

•   To address the reward opportunity for executive directors’ 

execution of the longer term strategy and following approval from 
shareholders, the committee introduced the Share Matching Plan. 
This plan will provide for a matching contingent award of shares 
over those shares which are acquired by a deferral of the annual 
bonus. The matching shares will be subject to a total shareholder 
return performance condition. The first awards will be made  
in 2010.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

47

Remuneration policy
Each year, the committee reviews the remuneration policy for 
executive directors and other senior executive managers, taking into 
account both the external market and the company’s strategic 
objectives over the short and the medium term. 

The company’s continuing remuneration policy for executive 
directors is to provide remuneration in a form and amount which will 
attract, retain, motivate and reward high calibre individuals. The 
remuneration package is based on the following principles:

The charts below show, as a proportion of the package, firstly,  
the expected values of salary, bonus and long term incentives for 
target performance and, secondly, the maximum values of salary, 
bonus and long term incentives for the executive directors. The 
committee considers the mix between fixed and performance  
pay to be appropriate. 

Expected value

Chief Executive

Principle

Rationale

Other executive directors

Incentives are aligned with the 
interests of shareholders and 
seek to reward the creation of 
long term value. 

Executives must be adequately 
focused on the long term strategy 
and make decisions that lead to 
the creation of long term value.

Reward elements are designed  
to reinforce the link between 
performance and reward. 
Performance related elements 
should form a significant 
proportion of the total 
remuneration package and 
typically comprise at least 50%  
of total remuneration, if paid at  
the maximum.

The total remuneration 
package for on target 
performance should be fully 
competitive, but not excessive, 
in the relevant market. 

Packages are structured 
flexibly to meet critical  
resource needs and retain  
key executives. 

The performance of the business 
is key and the package should be 
appropriately geared towards 
performance related pay. 

The committee wishes the 
executives to be appropriately 
remunerated for the challenges 
they face and ensure that the right 
structure and levels are in place 
to take the business forward.

Package flexibility allows the 
committee to take decisive action 
with issues of recruitment and 
retention in the best interests of 
business continuity and 
shareholder value.

0%

20

40

60

80

100%

Base salary
Target bonus (cash)
Target bonus (deferred shares)
Expected value of LTIP awards

Maximum value

Chief Executive

Other executive directors

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

0%

20

40

60

80

100%

Base salary
Maximum bonus (cash)
Maximum bonus (deferred shares)
Maximum value of LTIP awards

Personal shareholdings 
The company operates shareholding guidelines under which 
executive directors are expected to build and maintain a minimum 
holding of shares in the company. The Chief Executive is expected 
to build and maintain a holding of shares to the value of 1.5 x base 
salary and other executive directors 1 x base salary. Executive 
directors are expected to retain at least half of the shares they 
receive through the Long Term Incentive Plan and other share 
based plans until they meet the guideline holdings within five years. 
Over the past five years, the executive directors have received 
insufficient shares from the vesting of their share plan awards to 
reach their required holdings. As a result, the committee has agreed 
to extend this time period for a further two years.

External directorships
Executive directors are permitted to take on external non-executive 
directorships, though normally only one other FTSE 100 
appointment. In order to avoid any conflicts of interest, all such 
appointments are subject to the approval of the Nominations 
Committee. Executive directors are normally only permitted to retain 
the fees arising from one such appointment.

Michael McKeon was appointed as a non-executive director of  
The Merchants Trust Plc on 1 May 2008 and in respect of the 
appointment for the year ended 31 March 2010 he was paid fees  
of £18,000. He has retained these fees in accordance with the 
above policy.

His appointment as Chairman of the Audit Committee of The 
Merchants Trust Plc on 11 May 2010 will increase his fees to 
£21,000 in 2010/11.

No other executive directors currently hold any external fee earning 
non-executive directorships.

48

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance – Directors’ remuneration report (continued)

Remuneration arrangements for executive directors
The remuneration arrangements for executive directors comprise the following elements:

•  Base salary and benefits

•   Annual bonus scheme

•   Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and the Share Matching Plan (SMP)

•  Pension

Details of each of the above elements follow but the table below summarises the current packages of each of the executive directors:

Tony Wray 
Chief 
Executive 

£500,000 
60% 
120% 
50% 
70% 

Michael 
McKeon 
Finance 
Director 

£433,500 
60% 
120% 
50% 
50% 

Tony 
Ballance 
Director of 
Strategy and 
Regulation 

£196,300 
60% 
120% 
50% 
50% 

Martin Kane 
Director of 
Customer 
Relations 

£214,200 
60% 
120% 
50% 
50% 

Andy Smith 
Director of 
Water 
Services

£255,000
60%
120%
50%
50%

Component 

Base salary from 1 July 2010 
On target bonus (% of salary) 
Maximum bonus (% of salary) 
% of bonus earned deferred into shares 
2010 LTIP award (% of salary) 
2010 SMP award – maximum ratio of matching shares  
to deferred shares 
Pension arrangement 

Benefits 

0.5:1 
0.5:1
Cash  Final salary 
allowance  contribution  supplement  occupational 
scheme
A car allowance, private medical insurance, life assurance and an incapacity benefits scheme

0.5:1 
  Final salary 
 occupational 
scheme 

0.5:1 
Defined 

0.5:1 
Cash 

scheme 

Base salaries and benefits
Base salaries for individual directors are reviewed annually by the 
Remuneration Committee and take effect from 1 July. The 
company’s policy is to set the salary for each executive director 
having regard to the market median for similar roles in publicly 
quoted companies of a comparable size and, so far as practicable, 
undertaking similar activities and practice in other water companies. 
Salaries are set with reference to individual performance, 
experience and contribution, together with developments in the 
relevant employment market and internal relativities.

The committee gives due consideration to the current economic 
climate, current market practice regarding executive salary reviews 
and the broader employee salary review policy at the company.

With this in mind, it adopted a policy of a zero increase for the base 
salaries of the executive directors in 2009/10. For 2010/11, against a 
backdrop of economic recovery, it has chosen to adopt a policy of 
2% increase for the base salaries of the executive directors.

At the time of the Chief Executive’s appointment, his salary reflected 
the fact that he was new to the role and, accordingly, the committee 
gave a commitment to review his performance each year and if 
appropriate increase the base salary over time to align it with the 
market median. Last year, the Chief Executive declined the 
proposed £50,000 increase, having regard to the salary constraints 
across the group at the time. This year, the committee agreed that 
the Chief Executive’s base salary should again be reviewed, giving 
due consideration to both the market alignment and the internal 
relativity between the executive directors. Accordingly, the Chief 
Executive’s base salary will be increased from £450,000 to 
£500,000 for 2010/11. 

Tony Ballance has taken on a number of additional responsibilities 
during 2009/10 and, accordingly, this has been reflected in a salary 
increase (from £168,000 to £196,300).

Executive directors’ salaries for the financial year 2010/11 will be as 
follows:

Director  

Tony Wray  
Michael McKeon  
Tony Ballance  
Martin Kane  
Andy Smith  

Salary

£500,000
£433,500
£196,300
£214,200
£255,000

The non-salary benefits for executive directors comprise:

•  a car allowance

•  private medical insurance

•  life assurance

•  an incapacity benefits scheme

Private medical insurance and some other benefits may be flexed 
under the company’s flexible benefits scheme.

Annual bonus scheme 2009/10
Executive directors are eligible for annual bonuses to encourage 
improved performance, with targets established by the committee to 
align executive directors’ interests with shareholders. The annual 
bonus opportunity for all the executive directors was 120% of salary. 
For the achievement of target performance (which requires 
satisfaction of challenging goals), 60% of salary would be earned.

The bonus scheme operates by reference to the Severn Trent  
Water KPIs, with the Chief Executive and Finance Director  
also having a proportion of their bonus linked to the performance  
of Severn Trent Services. In addition, each director has 10% of  
their bonus opportunity measured against a set of personal 
performance metrics.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

49

Half of any bonus paid will be deferred into shares to be held for three 
years following payment. If the executive is summarily dismissed 
without notice under his/her employment contract then the deferred 
bonuses are forfeited. In all other cases of cessation of employment 
the deferred bonus is not lost and the shares automatically vest on 
the dealing day after the cessation of employment.

The rules of the annual bonus scheme provide that the committee 
may reclaim (‘clawback’) some or all of the after tax part of any 
bonuses awarded to executive directors if it transpires that the 
bonus calculation was based on calculations which are 
subsequently demonstrated to be materially incorrect.

Annual bonus payments to executive directors are not pensionable.

The bonus outturn in respect of STW performance is operated by 
reference to a balanced scorecard of measures, based on the 20 
KPIs outlined in the earlier KPI section on pages 10 to 11. The plan 
attributes a points score to each KPI and bonus entitlement is 
determined by reference to the aggregate number of points 
achieved across all the KPIs. The targets taken together are 
considered by the board to have an impact on the longer term 
financial performance of the company and a number of them are 
reported to Ofwat.

Severn Trent KPI achievement for the 2009/10 annual bonus payment 

250

225

200

175

150

125

100

75

50

25

0

t
n
e
m
e
v
e
i
h
c
a
I

P
K

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

1
I

P
K

2
I

P
K

3
I

P
K

4
I

P
K

5
I

P
K

0%

6
I

P
K

7
I

P
K

8
I

P
K

9
I

P
K

0
1
I

P
K

0%

1
1
I

P
K

2
1
I

P
K

3
1
I

P
K

4
1
I

P
K

5
1
I

P
K

6
1
I

P
K

0%

7
1
I

P
K

8
1
I

P
K

9
1
I

P
K

0%

0
2
I

P
K

Employee

Customer

Financial

Environment

KPI on target performance = 100%

The table above shows the level of performance attained under 
each of the 20 KPIs in relation to the 2009/10 annual bonus 
scheme. The performance improvements over the year, as 
measured by the KPIs, resulted in a bonus award of 45.6% of the 
Severn Trent Water portion for the executive directors. The actual 
bonus payments awarded to each director are contained in the table 
of emoluments on page 54. 

Annual bonus scheme 2010/11
The committee has reviewed the operation of the plan and 
concluded that the same quantum should apply in respect of 
2010/11 with a maximum bonus opportunity for all executive 
directors of 120% of salary and a target of 60%.

The committee believes that the use of the Severn Trent Water  
KPIs continues to be both an effective and challenging annual 
bonus metric and meets the needs of the business. The KPIs  
cover the employee, customer, environment and financial aspects  
of the business.

As outlined in the earlier KPI section, the Severn Trent Water KPIs 
have been revised as a result of entering the new five year AMP 
period. For 2010/11, the committee has chosen to use 18 of the  
20 KPIs for the annual bonus scheme during the period of transition. 
It will review the use of KPIs again next year.

The Chief Executive and Finance Director will also continue to have 
a proportion of their bonus linked to the performance of Severn 

Trent Services. These individuals will have 10% of their bonus 
opportunity measured against the profit before interest and tax 
(before exceptional items) performance of Severn Trent Services, a 
measure which is a fully disclosed KPI of the Severn Trent Services 
business, as shown in the Business review section. The measure 
will be actual versus budgeted profit, reflecting the desired growth of 
Severn Trent Services subject to adjustment by the committee 
based on its assessment of performance.

Each executive director has 10% of their bonus opportunity 
measured against a set of personal performance metrics. The 
metrics are more subjective in nature than the current measures 
and allow for more differentiation across the executive team, but 
operate within the parameters of the plan. The metrics incorporate 
the following:

•   supporting the business change and transformation process 

– this measure focuses on the ongoing improvements to optimise 
the performance of the business. This will incorporate process 
improvements, technology and systems to support the processes 
and location, training and development of people to operate in the 
new environment.

•   developing people – this measure focuses on the individual’s 

contribution to ensuring that the talent management processes 
help develop future leaders and therefore support succession 
planning and business continuity.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance – Directors’ remuneration report (continued)

The following charts show how the 2010/11 annual bonus metrics 
are weighted for the executive directors:

Annual bonus metric weightings

Chief Executive and Finance Director

Other executive directors

0%

20

40

60

80

100%

STW performance
STS performance
Personal metrics

Long term incentives
In 2009, the committee reviewed the overall market competitiveness 
of the executive directors’ total remuneration package. The 
conclusion was that, while for the most part the components of the 
remuneration package are working effectively and are aligned with 
policy, the relatively low emphasis on long term performance did not 
fully support the company’s longer term strategy and this impacted 
the overall market competitiveness of the package.

A Share Matching Plan was introduced for executive directors 
following shareholder approval at the 2009 AGM. This not only 
provides an enhanced long term incentive opportunity but also 
provides a link between short term and long term performance.

During 2010, the committee intends to review the measurement of 
long term performance at Severn Trent and identify what, if any, 
measures other than Total Shareholder Return (TSR) would make 
effective metrics for the long term incentive plans, giving due 
consideration to the regulatory nature of the business and the 
impact of the AMP period.

Share Matching Plan
The plan allows executive directors to receive matching share 
awards over those shares which have been acquired under the 
deferred share component of the annual bonus scheme.

The first awards of matching shares will be made following the 
calculation of the 2009/10 annual bonus payouts and will be  
subject to a three year vesting period. The matching share award  
is calculated using a share matching ratio in conjunction with the 
number of shares acquired by the annual bonus deferral. The 
maximum share matching ratio is 1:1, but for the first set of awards  
a ratio of 0.5 matching shares for every one deferred share will  
be used.

The performance condition requires the company’s TSR to be 
measured relative to those companies ranked 51–150 in the FTSE 
Index by market capitalisation (excluding investment trusts). On this 
basis, 25% of the matching awards will vest at median performance 
and 100% will vest for performance in the upper quartile. In addition, 
for awards to vest, the Remuneration Committee must be satisfied 
that the TSR is reflective of the company’s underlying performance. 
This replicates the LTIP performance condition for the 2010 award.

The number of shares subject to an award will increase to reflect 
dividends paid through the performance period on the basis of such 
notional dividends being reinvested at the then prevailing share 

price. Awards will normally vest as soon as the committee 
determines that the performance conditions have been met 
provided that the participant remains in employment at the end of 
the performance period.

Long Term Incentive Plan
The current Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) was approved by 
shareholders at the 2005 AGM. Under the LTIP, annual conditional 
awards of performance shares may be made to executive directors 
and senior staff, up to an annual maximum limit of shares worth 
125% of base salary.

The number of shares subject to an award will increase to reflect 
dividends paid through the performance period on the basis of such 
notional dividends being reinvested at the then prevailing share 
price. Awards will normally vest as soon as the committee 
determines that the performance conditions have been met 
provided that the participant remains in employment at the end of 
the performance period.

2008, 2009 and 2010 LTIP awards
In 2009, LTIP awards of 50% of salary were made to the executive 
directors and 70% of salary to the Chief Executive. 

The vesting of awards made in 2008, 2009 and planned for 2010 
will be subject to TSR, measured relative to those companies 
ranked 51–150 in the FTSE by market capitalisation (excluding 
investment trusts). This is considered to be the most suitable 
comparator group since the number of comparable regulated utilities 
against which to compare the company’s performance remains too 
small to enable meaningful analysis. The FTSE 51–150 comparator 
group allows for the company’s performance to be measured 
against a broader market without any one sector overly impacting 
the group.

The performance measures remain unchanged with 25% of awards 
vesting at median performance, and 100% vesting for performance 
in the upper quartile. In addition, for awards to vest, the committee 
must be satisfied that the company’s TSR is reflective of the 
company’s underlying performance.

After the end of the performance period, the performance condition 
will be measured and independently verified by Hewitt New Bridge 
Street on behalf of the committee.

2007 LTIP award
The performance period for the 2007 award ended on 31 March 
2010. The award was subject to TSR, measured relative to those 
companies ranked 51–150 in the FTSE by market capitalisation 
(excluding investment trusts). Those companies which delisted 
during the performance period were removed from the comparator 
group. The TSR result and the level of vesting achieved for this 
award is shown below:

LTIP award 

2007 

Ranking 

33 out of 85 

Vesting %

60.3%

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

51

Performance graph
This graph shows the value, by 31 March 2010, of £100 invested in 
Severn Trent Plc on 31 March 2005 compared with the value of 
£100 invested in the FTSE 100 Index. The FTSE 100 was chosen 
as the comparator because the company is a constituent of that 
index. The intermediate points show the value at intervening 
financial year ends.

Total shareholder return

)
£
(

l

e
u
a
V

200

175

150

125

100

75

50

25

0

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

Severn Trent Plc

FTSE 100 Index

Below board remuneration
In 2009/10 there were nine executives immediately below board 
level who were paid salaries of between £100,000 and £300,000 
per annum.

Salary £000  

Number of executives

100–150  

151–200  

201–250  

251–300 

3

1

4

1

The below board level executives also participate in the same 
incentive arrangements as the executive directors. The annual 
bonus scheme operates on the same terms as the executive 
directors with the exception that 33% of any bonus earned is 
deferred into shares and there is, other than for the President of 
Severn Trent Services, no Severn Trent Services performance 
metric. The LTIP and the Share Matching Plan operate on the same 
terms as for the executive directors.

All employee share plans
Through a variety of share schemes, employees are encouraged to 
hold shares in the company.

This includes an all employee Share Incentive Plan. Awards are 
currently made which include a performance condition based on 
achievement of the 20 KPIs. Employees of Severn Trent Plc and 
Severn Trent Water Limited participate in the plan. For the year 
2009/10, awards of shares to the value of £342 will be made to all 
eligible employees.

The company also offers an all employee HMRC approved SAYE 
plan on an annual basis and periodically reviews the use of other all 
employee incentive vehicles.

Hedging of awards
Details of the company’s shares that are held in trust on behalf of 
participants of certain of the employee share schemes are given on 
pages 56 and 57. In respect of the LTIPs, deferred share awards 
(under the Annual Bonus Scheme) and the Share Matching Plan the 
company’s policy is to purchase, and hold in trust, 50% of the total 
number of shares that could potentially vest from all outstanding 
awards. The requirement to purchase shares is calculated, and the 
purchase carried out, shortly after each annual award.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

In respect of awards made under the company’s Share Incentive 
Plan, all the shares taken up by employees at each invitation are 
normally purchased and placed in trust immediately.

The company grants SAYE options over unissued shares, always 
operating within the dilution limits contained in the scheme rules.

The committee is satisfied that the overall dilution limits provide 
sufficient headroom for all the company’s share schemes.

Pensions
Of the current executive directors, Andy Smith and Tony Wray 
participate in the Severn Trent Pension Scheme. The scheme is a 
funded HMRC registered final salary occupational pension scheme 
which provides:

•   a normal retirement age of 60 years;

•   an overall pension at normal retirement age of two thirds of final 
pensionable salary, which for executive directors is defined as 
base salary only, subject to the completion of 20 years’ 
pensionable service;

•   life cover of 4 x pensionable earnings;

•   a pension payable in the event of retirement on grounds  

of ill health; and

•   a dependant’s pension on death of two thirds of the  

member’s pension.

ifs ProShare award winner

Severn Trent’s Share Incentive Plan won the 
‘Best overall performance in fostering 
employee share ownership’ award in 
December 2009.

The ifs ProShare annual awards recognise 
and promote best practice in the employee 
share plans industry. The award judges – 
independent figures from the Financial 

Services Authority, employee share 
ownership and reward industries, and 
members of the Institute of Chartered 
Secretaries said, “With a clear link to 
corporate objectives, impressive 
communication methods backed up by 
weekly emails from the Chief Executive  
and the high levels of take up, Severn  
Trent can feel justifiably proud of what  
it has achieved.”

 
52

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance – Directors’ remuneration report (continued)

Andy Smith and Tony Wray participate up to the level of the scheme 
specific earnings cap which in 2009/10 was £123,600. They are 
provided with a cash supplement in lieu of pension entitlement 
above this scheme cap at 40% of their respective salaries.

Members’ contributions are payable at the rate of 6% of pensionable 
earnings. Early retirement is available after the age of 55 with the 
consent of the company. Any pension would be subject to a 
reduction that the Trustees consider appropriate, acting on actuarial 
advice, to reflect the expected longer payment of the pension. In the 
event of incapacity, early retirement is available on an unreduced 
basis allowing for pensionable service to age 60.

Under the Trust Deed and Rules, pensions in payment in excess of 
any Guaranteed Minimum Pension are guaranteed to increase in 
line with price inflation subject to a maximum of 5% each year. In the 
calculation of individual cash equivalent transfer values, allowance is 
made for such increases.

It is the policy of the committee to offer new executives an 
allowance, expressed as a percentage of base salary, to fund their 
own pension provision. The individual is able to choose whether the 
allowance is paid to the company’s registered defined contribution 
scheme, taken as cash or paid to a personal pension arrangement. 
This reflects the wish of the committee to remove future exposure to 
defined benefit schemes for senior executives. These arrangements 
apply to Michael McKeon at 40% of base salary.

Martin Kane is a member of the Severn Trent Pension Scheme 
(WPS Section) but opted out of the scheme in June 2007. He 
receives a cash supplement of 30% of his basic salary in lieu of 
accrual for future service from that date. While he no longer accrues 
additional years of service for pension purposes, consistent with the 
legislation, Martin Kane’s accrued benefits generally continue to be 
linked to his final salary (or £161,000 plus RPI from 30 June 2007 to 
the date of his retirement, if higher) and scheme benefits are 
preserved in relation to ill health, retirement and death in service. 
His normal retirement age is 65 although early retirement is possible 
prior to age 65 with the consent of the company, but any benefits 
relating to service accruing after 1 December 2006 would be 
subject to an actuarial reduction.

Tony Ballance is a member of the Severn Trent Pension Scheme 
(Pension Choices section) which is the company’s defined 
contribution scheme. He currently contributes 3% of salary and the 
company contributes at 30%, plus a further 2.5% in respect of death 
in service and ill health benefits. The normal retirement age for the 
scheme is 65 although retirement prior to 65 is possible with the 
consent of the company.

Directors’ service agreements and letters of appointment
A model service contract was approved by the committee in 2004 
and updated during 2007/08. The main terms of the contracts are 
summarised in the table below:
Provision

Policy

Notice period 12 months from either party.

Termination 
payment

Mitigation

Maximum payment in the case of redundancy or 
termination in breach of the agreement by the 
company of up to and capped at 175% of base 
salary which is calculated as a conservative  
estimate of the value of salary, fixed benefits and  
on target bonus

Any payment will not include amounts in respect of 
awards which have been made under the company’s 
Long Term Incentive Plan over which the committee 
retains discretion

Any termination payment will not be made 
automatically but will be subject to both phasing  
and mitigation unless, in the circumstances, the 
committee considers it appropriate to achieve  
a clean break through payment of a lump sum,  
in which case it will require some discount for  
early payment

Change of 
control

There are no specific contractual payments or 
benefits which would be triggered in the event of a 
change in control of the company

Contract  
dates

Executive directors Date of agreement

Effective date

Tony Wray

20 May 2008

7 March 2005

Michael McKeon

6 December 
2005

13 December 
2005

Tony Ballance

2 June 2008

23 July 2005

Martin Kane

2 June 2008

30 September 
1975

Andy Smith

2 June 2008

1 January 2005

The committee believes that the contracts provide as much scope 
as is feasible to protect the interests of shareholders when 
negotiating a termination, at which time it would address the duty  
of mitigation.

The committee recognises that, in line with current best practice 
guidelines, any termination payment should be based upon an 
estimate of salary and fixed benefits only. Accordingly, the 
committee will adopt this policy in the service agreements of future 
executive directors.

Martin Kane and Andy Smith are subject to reappointment as 
directors at the forthcoming AGM. 

 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

53

Chairman and other non-executive directors
The remuneration policy for non-executive directors, other than the Chairman, is determined by the board, within the limits set out in  
the articles of association.

Remuneration for non-executive directors, other than the Chairman, comprises an annual fee for acting as a non-executive director of the 
company and additional fees for the senior independent director and chairmanship or membership of the committees. The annual fee, 
which was last increased in 2008, will be increased to £43,350 in 2010/11, from £42,500. The additional fees have remained the same and 
can be summarised as follows: 

Additional fee per annum

£10,000

£15,000

Senior 
independent 
director

Chairman

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Member

£3,000

Chairman

£15,000

Member

£3,000

Corporate Responsibility 
Committee

Chairman

Member

Nominations  
Committee

£10,000

£3,000 No fee paid

During 2009, Sir John Egan was paid fees of £250,000 for his role as Chairman. He does not receive any additional fees for committee 
memberships. Sir John is provided with a car allowance but does not participate in any of the company’s pension arrangements, share or 
bonus schemes.

Andrew Duff was appointed to the board on 10 May 2010 and will receive a fee of £250,000 per annum for this role. He will not  
receive any additional fees for committee memberships, nor will he participate in any of the company’s pension arrangements, share  
or bonus schemes.

The board does not require directors to take a proportion of their fees in shares and, instead, leaves decisions regarding the holding of 
shares to individual non-executive directors.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

Non-executive directors do not participate in share or bonus schemes, nor is any pension provision made.

Non-executive directors normally serve three terms of three years. They do not have service contracts but their terms of engagement are 
regulated by letters of appointment, details of which are shown below:

Chairman and non-executive directors 

Initial appointment 

Current appointment 

Current expiry date*

Sir John Egan 
Bernard Bulkin 
Richard Davey 
Andrew Duff 
Gordon Fryett 
Martin Lamb 
Baroness Noakes 

1 October 2004 
1 January 2006 
1 January 2006 
10 May 2010 
1 July 2009 
29 February 2008 
29 February 2008 

1 January 2008 
1 January 2009 
1 January 2009 
10 May 2010 
1 July 2009 
29 February 2008 
29 February 2008 

31 December 2010
31 December 2011
31 December 2011
9 May 2013
30 June 2012
28 February 2011
28 February 2011

* subject to the requirements of the company’s articles of association for the reappointment of directors at AGMs

Andrew Duff, Martin Lamb and Baroness Noakes are subject to reappointment as directors at the 2010 AGM.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
54

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance – Directors’ remuneration report (continued)

The text and tables that follow comprise the auditable part of the Directors’ remuneration report, being the information required by the UKLA 
Listing Rules 9.8.6 and 9.8.8.

Directors’ emoluments

Chairman and other non-executive directors
Sir John Egan (Chairman) 
Dr Bernard Bulkin 
Richard Davey 
Gordon Fryett 
Martin Houston 
Martin Lamb 
Baroness Noakes 

Executive directors
Tony Ballance 
Martin Kane 
Michael McKeon 
Andy Smith 
Tony Wray 

Basic salary and fees

Cash 
£000 

BIKs 
£000 

Annual 
bonus1 
£000 

Other2 
£000 

Total 
2009/10 
£000 

Total
2008/09
£000

250.0 
58.5 
70.5 
34.1 
– 
43.1 
57.5 

168.0 
203.8 
425.0 
250.0 
450.0 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

12.5 
0.1 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2.9 
2.6 
4.3 
3.0 
4.5 

102.9 
128.6 
257.4 
151.6 
278.0 

17.7 
76.3 
15.1 
65.6 
145.6 

262.5 
58.6 
70.6 
34.1 
– 
43.1 
57.5 

291.5 
411.3 
701.8 
470.2 
878.1 

276.4
58.5
70.9
–
37.9
42.5
57.8

312.3
392.6
752.7
503.6
921.3

2,010.5 

17.3 

918.5 

333.0  3,279.3  3,426.5

1  The directors receive 50% of their bonus in cash and 50% is deferred into shares to be held for three years.

2   Other emoluments include expenses chargeable to income tax, car allowances, travel allowances, telephone allowances, payments made under the group’s flexible benefits 

arrangements and amounts paid in lieu of pension contributions. Included in other emoluments are:

•  Sir John Egan car allowance £12,500.

•  Dr Bernard Bulkin expenses £55.

•  Richard Davey expenses £69.

•  Tony Ballance flexible benefits payments £2,670 and car allowance £15,000.

•  Martin Kane pension supplement £61,125, flexible benefits payments £121, car allowance £15,000 and expenses £12.

•  Michael McKeon car allowance £15,000 and expenses £113.

•  Andy Smith pension supplement £50,560, car allowance £15,000 and expenses £75.

•  Tony Wray pension supplement £130,560 and car allowance £15,000.

Directors’ pension provisions

Service completed 
in years (including 

Accrued 
pension at 

Increase 
in accrued 
Increase in 
accrued 
pension 
pension  during the year 

Transfer value 
of accrued 
pension at 

Increase/ 
(decrease) in 
transfer value 
Transfer value 
of accrued 
over the year,  
pension at  net of directors’ 
contributions 
£000

transferred in  31 March 2010  during the year 
£pa 

service credits) 

£pa 

(net of inflation)  31 March 2010  31 March 2009 
£000 

£000 

£pa 

35 
5 
5 

121,236 
21,616 
20,882 

12,644 
4,969 
4,933 

8,626 
4,353 
4,343 

1,751.2 
328.9 
303.7 

995.5 
154.8 
141.3 

755.7
166.7
155.0

Accrued pension 
at 31 March 2010 
£pa 

121,236 
21,616 
20,882 

Increase in 
accrued pension 
during the year 
£pa 

12,644 
4,969 
4,933 

Increase in 
accrued pension 
during the year 
(net of inflation) 
£pa 

8,626 
4,353 
4,343 

Transfer 
value of accrued 
benefits net 
of directors’ 
contributions 
£000

179.0
68.2
64.4

Name 

Martin Kane 
Andy Smith 
Tony Wray 

Name 

Martin Kane 
Andy Smith 
Tony Wray 

Notes: 

Relevant directors confirmed by Severn Trent Plc.
Accrued pension figures and transfer value calculations provided by Towers Watson.
There have been no changes to the transfer value basis since last year’s disclosures.
Allowance has been made for changes in market conditions over the year by applying the relevant Market Value Adjustment.
Inflation figure used in respect of year is to February 2010 (3.7%) as the latest available figure prior to the year end.
September 2008 figure had been used last year (5.0%). If September 2009 had been used then this would have shown negative inflation (–1.4%).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

55

The following contributions were paid to defined contribution pension arrangements in respect of directors:

Tony Ballance 
Michael McKeon 

2010 

59,640 
170,000 

2009

59,978
167,500

Directors’ share interests
The directors of the company at 31 March 2010 and their beneficial interests in the shares of the company were as follows:

i)  Beneficial holdings

At 1 April 2009 
(or date of 
appointment if later) 
Number of ordinary 
shares of 9717/19p each 

At 31 March 2010 
Number of ordinary 
shares of 9717/19p each 

At 24 May 2010 
Number of ordinary 
shares of 
9717/19p each

Chairman and other non-executive directors
Sir John Egan (Chairman) 
Dr Bernard Bulkin 
Richard Davey 
Martin Lamb 
Baroness Noakes 
Gordon Fryett 

Executive directors 
Tony Ballance 
Martin Kane1 
Michael McKeon 
Andy Smith 
Tony Wray 

7,610 
554 
588 
3,012 
4,018 
– 

1,985 
7,915 
20 
4,034 
5,874 

12,160 
554 
588 
3,012 
4,018 
1,000 

2,032 
8,189 
67 
5,217 
7,057 

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

12,160
554
588
3,012
4,018
1,000

2,032
8,511
67
5,217
7,057

1  Martin Kane acquired 322 shares on 4 May 2010 following the exercise of his 2007 three year Sharesave scheme option

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance – Directors’ remuneration report (continued)

ii) Long Term Incentive Plan

The executive directors have further interests in the company’s ordinary shares of 9717/19p each by virtue of having received contingent 
awards of shares under the Severn Trent Plc Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). The LTIP operates on a three year rolling basis. The Severn 
Trent Employee Share Ownership Trust is operated in conjunction with the LTIP. Awards do not vest until they have been held in trust for 
three years and specific performance criteria have been satisfied.

Executive directors have a technical interest in 606,609 shares held by the Employee Share Ownership Trust. The details of the 
performance criteria are explained on page 50 of this report. The individual interests, for the above named directors and for the directors 
who left during the year, which represent the maximum aggregate number of shares to which each individual could become entitled, are as 
follows:

Tony Ballance 

Martin Kane 

Michael McKeon 

Andy Smith 

Tony Wray 

Awards 
granted 

Maximum 
award 

Awards 
vested 

19 June 2006 
18 July 2007 
14 July 2008 
7 July 20091 

19 June 2006 
18 July 2007 
14 July 2008 
7 July 20091 

19 June 20062 
19 June 2006 
18 July 2007 
14 July 2008 
7 July 20091 

19 June 2006 
18 July 2007 
14 July 2008 
7 July 20091 

19 June 2006 
18 July 2007 
14 July 2008 
7 July 20091 

4,782 
3,261 
5,486 
7,405 

4,680 
3,475 
6,001 
8,154 

36,405 
30,118 
12,363 
13,717 
18,733 

12,210 
5,881 
8,230 
11,019 

22,385 
9,189 
19,684 
27,769 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

Awards 
lapsed 

4,782 
– 
– 
– 

4,680 
– 
– 
– 

36,405 
30,118 
– 
– 
– 

12,210 
– 
– 
– 

22,385 
– 
– 
– 

Maximum outstanding 
awards as at 
31 March 2010

–
3,261
5,486
7,405

–
3,475
6,001
8,154

–
–
12,363
13,717
18,733

–
5,881
8,230
11,019

–
9,189
19,684
27,769

1  The market price on the date of the 2009 award was 1046p

2  Michael McKeon received an additional LTIP award in 2006 in accordance with commitments made by the company upon appointment. The award was made pursuant to the 

exemption provided in Listing Rule 9.4.2

No further awards have been made under the LTIP as at 27 May 2010.

As disclosed last year, the committee determined that the targets applying to the 2006 awards were not met and that none of the  
awards vested.

The performance period for awards granted on 18 July 2007 ended on 31 March 2010. The committee has subsequently determined, 
based on the company’s TSR target over the three year performance period, that participants are entitled to 60.3% of the award. As at 
27 May 2010 the shares from the 2007 contingent award had not vested but would do so as soon as practicable.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

57

iii)  Annual Bonus Scheme

From 2008 onwards, half of any bonus paid is deferred into shares. The table below shows the directors’ deferred share awards and the 
vesting dates.

Tony Ballance 

Martin Kane 

Michael McKeon 

Andy Smith 

Tony Wray 

iv)  Sharesave options over ordinary shares

Date of grant 

27 June 2008 
7 July 2009 
27 June 2008 
7 July 2009 
27 June 2008 
7 July 2009 
27 June 2008 
7 July 2009 
27 June 2008 
7 July 2009 

Annual bonus deferred 
into shares 

Number of 
shares 

Deferred share 
award vests

£24,554 
£62,294 
£26,425 
£68,598 
£85,667 
£157,590 
£37,732 
£92,700 
£76,029 
£166,860 

1,818 
5,669 
1,957 
6,243 
6,345 
14,343 
2,794 
8,437 
5,631 
15,187 

26 June 2011
6 July 2012
26 June 2011
6 July 2012
26 June 2011
6 July 2012
26 June 2011
6 July 2012
26 June 2011
6 July 2012

At the 
start of 
the year 

At the 
end of 
the year 
(No. of shares)  (No. of shares)  (No. of shares)  (No. of shares)  (No. of shares) 

Cancelled 
during 
the year 

Exercised 
during 
the year 

Granted 
during 
the year 

Year of 
grant of 
option 

Exercise 
price (p) 

Date from 
which 
exercisable 

Expiry 
date

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

Sharesave1 
Tony Ballance 

Martin Kane 

Michael McKeon 

Andy Smith 

Tony Wray 

556 
– 

227 
322 
314 
222 
– 

1,943 

1,136 
– 

1,136 
– 

– 
– 

227 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

1,136 
– 

1,136 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
561 

– 
– 
– 
– 
449 

556 
561 

– 
322 
314 
222 
449 

– 

1,943 

– 
1,123 

– 
1,123 

– 
1,123 

– 
1,123 

2009 
2010 

2006 
2007 
2008 
2009 
2010 

2009 

2006 
2010 

2006 
2010 

862  May 2012  Oct 2012
808  May 2013  Oct  2013

823  May 2009  Oct 2009
1172  May 2010  Oct 2010
1221  May 2011  Oct 2011
862  May 2012  Oct 2012
808  May 2013  Oct 2013

862  May 2014  Oct 2014

823  May 2009  Oct 2009
808  May 2013  Oct 2013

823  May 2009  Oct 2009
808  May 2013  Oct 2013

1  The executive directors, in common with all eligible UK employees of the group, are entitled to participate in the company’s HMRC approved Sharesave Scheme

The terms and conditions applicable to these options are those provided in that scheme. The options have no performance conditions as 
such conditions are not permitted by legislation.

a) No executive share options in respect of executive directors were granted or lapsed during the year. At 31 March 2010 there were five 

other executives participating in the group’s historical executive Share Option Scheme (31 March 2009: nine other executives).

b) At the close of business on 31 March 2010 the mid-market price of the company’s shares was 1195p and the range during the year  

was 933p to 1215p.

Signed on behalf of the board which approved the Directors’ remuneration report on 27 May 2010.

Richard Davey 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance 
Risk and assurance

Risk management process

Cascading  
objectives

Company  
risk map

Performance  
monitoring  
and reporting

Board & 
Committees

Businesses & 
Functions

Executive  
Committee 
cut off

Departments, Teams & Individuals

filter

Business  
risk maps

filter

Specific risk  
assessments, e.g.

safety asset

project

fraud

process

Enterprise Risk Management
Our Enterprise Risk Management process, as illustrated above, 
continues to be used for the identification and assessment of risks 
to significant business objectives. The process ensures clear 
ownership for risks, mitigating controls and improvement actions by 
assigning accountability to relevant line management. Risks are 
reported to the Executive Committee and Audit Committee every six 
months. Notwithstanding this, risks are normally reviewed within the 
business on a quarterly basis to ensure they remain at the forefront 
of the management’s agenda, that no significant risks have been 
overlooked, that controls continue to be effective and mitigating 
actions are being addressed in a timely manner.

Having established our approach to risk management over the 
previous 18 months, this year we have started to implement further 
improvements to our process regarding the risk of non-compliance 
with critical legal and regulatory obligations. In particular, we are 
looking to increase the visibility of measures in place across the 
company to help demonstrate compliance. We are doing this for a 
number of reasons, including:

•   to improve our understanding of key compliance obligations  

and compliance control awareness generally;

•   to ensure that as specific processes are redesigned and  
improved as part of our Safer Better Faster initiative,  
compliance is ‘built in’ such that by following the process, 
compliance will be achieved; and

•   to provide transparency over compliance management to our 

executive and any interested external third parties.

In addition to this work we have continued to further embed our 
Enterprise Risk Management process within all areas of the 
business, including significant change programmes and with steps 
now being taken to roll out in our capital programmes. 

Principal risks
Our principal risks are described in the table on pages 59 to 60. 
These and other risks have been monitored by the Executive 
Committee and Audit Committee during the past year.

Assurance framework
Severn Trent has made solid progress in implementing the key 
components of its governance framework which are based on clear 
organisational structures and decision making, sound policies and 

standards, and assurance of the outcomes. The board and other 
key stakeholders need a transparent methodology which delivers 
and validates the outcome of activities.

The company expects roles to be performed in line with specific 
annual job objectives. Employees performing their roles properly, 
preparing and reporting outcomes on time and to the required 
standard is a key component in our Assurance Framework.

The company continues to embed the compliance, verification and 
performance management activities in Severn Trent. These are 
within business areas and sometimes within discrete functions. 
These confirm that operational activities have been performed 
properly in the line.

Lastly, the company maintains an independent perspective on the 
overall framework by obtaining confirmation that the components of 
the governance structure are working properly. In Severn Trent, this 
is obtained from our assurance providers including Internal Audit.

In order to provide an appropriate understanding of how these 
responsibilities come together for Severn Trent, the company has 
developed a description of the key elements over which assurance 
is required by the board. This is maintained by the Director of 
Internal Audit on behalf of the board.

A map details the areas over which Severn Trent has decided to 
gain specific assurance. These may vary from year to year. The 
criteria by which each area for assurance is selected are:

•  potentially damaging to reputation; 

•  material financial impact; and

•  linked to the corporate KPIs.

Internal Audit will confirm the details of the assurance provision  
to cover:

•  who is responsible;

•  what is the activity; and

•  how is this recorded.

Internal Audit deliver an audit plan to confirm that key business  
risks are being mitigated. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

59

Principal risk description

Key mitigation activities 

Risks relating to the ongoing implementation of our 
coordinated change programme and achieving the significant 
and sustainable forecasted benefits. (See page 15 – Having 
the lowest possible charges).

Specific examples include:

• successful implementation of our IT strategy and our ability 
to continue to provide a robust and secure technology 
platform to meet the needs of the business;

• the implementation of SAP and the potential impact of  
the implementation on ongoing business activities; and

• the planned major change to processes (including those 
necessitated by the successful implementation of our  
SAP system). 

As a regulated business, we are subject to numerous and 
changing obligations with which we must comply and 
management of these is often dispersed across and through  
the organisation. We pay particular attention to management  
of risks in these areas, particularly in relation to changing legal 
and regulatory requirements.

Specific examples include:

• changes in the regulatory regime and market within which  
we operate (including increased competition);

• the taking on of private sewers and lateral drains (See page  
13 – Dealing effectively with waste water); and

• non-compliance with legal requirements.

• We have a programme management office which monitors and 
coordinates the activities of the various change programmes 
and ensures effective governance within each of the 
programmes, including ensuring that benefits are defined and 
tracked. There are also defined escalation procedures, including 
escalation to the executive committee, if problems are identified.

• We ensure that significant training and support is provided 
before and after each implementation and business readiness 
for change is monitored by the programmes prior to going live. 

• We have undertaken an upskilling programme to ensure that all 
our employees are able to work in different ways and 
understand how their work fits into the business as a whole.

• Our change programmes have processes in place to ensure 
extensive and effective consultation takes place with all those 
affected by the change. For example, business deployment 
leads have been identified from each business area and work 
closely with projects prior to implementation to ensure all 
processes and systems are fit for purpose and business 
readiness for implementation to take place.

• We continue to work closely with our regulators and other 
stakeholders to influence policy decisions in order to ensure  
the best possible outcome for our shareholders and customers. 
(See page 16 – Promoting an effective regulatory regime).

• We are improving our compliance management framework  
to further enhance transparency and consistency of our 
management of controls in place to ensure compliance with  
key legal and regulatory obligations.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

External financial market factors could adversely impact on our 
financial position.

• We plan and monitor our cash flows and borrowings to ensure 
that sufficient liquidity is available to meet our requirements.

Specific examples include:

• developments in the capital markets which could affect our 
ability to attract funds; (See page 25 – Financial review section)

• counterparty exposure risks; 

• our ability to meet our forecasted operating and capital 
expenditure targets; and

• the impact of the financial environment on our pension funds. 

• We have policies in place which limit the available 
counterparties and are designed to ensure a spread of 
investments. There is also regular monitoring of counterparties 
and investment performance. (See page 25 – Financial  
review section).

• We make use of cross currency swaps with the intention of 
eliminating foreign currency risks. (See page 25 – Financial 
review section).

• We have processes in place to monitor and manage our long 
term pensions obligations with the intention of ensuring that they 
do not become a major drain on the company. (See page 26 – 
Pensions information within Financial review section).

60

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Governance – Risk and assurance (continued)

Principal risk description

Key mitigation activities include…

Due to the nature of our business we continue to face risks 
arising during our normal course of business, including risk of 
failure of our assets, processes, or systems which could 
otherwise impact on the health, safety and security of our people 
or customers, or on our financial position and our reputation.

Specific examples include:

• the health and safety of our people, contractors and visitors (in 
line with our “Zero By Choice” policy towards accidents);

• physical security of our assets, security and safety of our 
people, and security of our information; and

• effective prioritisation of our asset maintenance and  
investment activities to ensure our assets continue to be  
safe and fit for purpose.

Whilst acceptance of the price determination from Ofwat leads  
to greater certainty over what we need to achieve for the  
coming AMP period, nevertheless we must still manage the  
risk associated with our ability to effectively meet the challenging 
targets set.

An example of this is the achievement of our regulatory 
performance targets and objectives to ensure that these 
commitments are met.

Our ability to influence customer behaviour or to operate in an 
environmentally responsible way could affect our financial 
position and our reputation.

An example of this is our reputation, as we recognise that our 
customers’ trust is essential to do business.

• We are entering year three of a four year improvement plan to 
further enhance safety across all of our sites and operations 
and will continue to monitor implementation of the agreed 
improvements. (See page 14 – A safer workplace).

• We have developed a prioritised capital investment programme 
using models which take into account the consequence, 
likelihood and severity of a service failure.

• We have an annual business planning process which ensures 
that the prioritisation of investment delivers the required  
service levels.

• We have robust processes for monitoring operating and  
capital spending.

• We are implementing a new model for working with our  
key partners for delivery of our critical programmes over the 
next five years. (See page 16 – Focus on innovation in our 
supply chain).

• We have detailed processes in place for planning and 
performance monitoring to ensure we achieve agreed 
regulatory outputs including targets for efficiency in our capital 
and operating expenditure.

• We have a holistic approach to communicating with the aim of 
ensuring that the importance of the efficient use of water and 
waste water resources is fully understood, and we continuously 
monitor the effectiveness of these plans.

• We are working to find ways to improve river quality while 
keeping carbon emissions and costs down, for example through 
our catchment management programme. (See page 13 – 
Dealing effectively with waste water).

• We are working to develop new sources of renewable energy 
and have set ourselves a target of 30% renewable energy by 
2014/15. (See page 14 – Minimising our carbon footprint).

In the challenging economic environment, we continue to closely 
monitor risks to the achievement of the growth plan for our 
unregulated businesses.

• We regularly monitor economic conditions and forecast growth 
to maximise the likelihood of achieving our growth targets for 
this part of the business. 

An example of this is our ability to effectively implement 
appropriate organisation, processes and systems to support  
the growth plan.

• We have strong, market leading products and good market 
knowledge, and we are establishing a local presence in  
our target markets. (See pages 20 to 21 – Severn Trent  
Services Performance).

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

61

Independent auditors’ report to the members of 
Severn Trent Plc

We have audited the group financial statements of Severn Trent 
Plc for the year ended 31 March 2010 which comprise the 
consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes 
in equity, the consolidated balance sheet, the consolidated 
cash flow statement and the related notes 1 to 40. The financial 
reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation 
is applicable law and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union.

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a 
body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so 
that we might state to the company’s members those matters 
we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for 
no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do 
not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the 
company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit 
work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities 
Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the group financial statements and for being satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit the group 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those 
standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices 
Board’s (APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give 
reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free 
from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. 
This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting 
policies are appropriate to the group’s circumstances and  
have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed;  
the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates  
made by the directors; and the overall presentation of the 
financial statements.

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion the group financial statements:

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s affairs as 
at 31 March 2010 and of its profit for the year then ended;
•  have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRS as 

adopted by the European Union; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies 
Act 2006
In our opinion the information given in the Directors’ Report for 
the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the group financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to 
you if, in our opinion:

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by 

law are not made, or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:
•  the directors’ statement contained within the directors’ report 

in relation to going concern; and

•  the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to 
the company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the 
June 2008 Combined Code specified for our review.

Other matters
We have reported separately on the parent company financial
statements of Severn Trent Plc for the year ended 31 March 
2010 and on the information in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report that is described as having been audited.

Douglas King (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London, UK
27 May 2010

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
62

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Consolidated income statement

For the year ended 31 March 2010

Turnover 

Operating costs before exceptional items 
Exceptional restructuring costs 
Exceptional flood income 
Exceptional charge relating to regulatory matters 
Exceptional provision for third party legal costs 

Total operating costs 

Exceptional loss on disposal of businesses 

Profit before interest, tax and exceptional items 
Exceptional items 

Profit before interest and tax 

Finance income 
Finance costs 

Net finance costs 
Gains/(losses) on financial instruments 
Share of results of associates and joint ventures 

Profit before tax, gains/(losses) on financial instruments and exceptional items 
Exceptional items 
Gains/(losses) on financial instruments 

Profit on ordinary activities before taxation 

Taxation on profit on ordinary activities

– current tax 
– deferred tax 
– exceptional deferred tax charge 

Total taxation 

Profit/(loss) for the period 

Attributable to: 
Equity holders of the company 
Equity minority interests 

Earnings/(loss) per share (pence) 
Basic 
Diluted 

Note 

5,6 

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

1,703.9 

1,642.2

7 
8 
8 
8 
8 

7 

(1,146.8) 
(48.0) 
– 
– 
– 

(1,172.3)
(14.6)
1.5
(7.2)
1.4

(1,194.8) 

(1,191.2)

(1.7) 

–

5 
7,8 

557.1 
(49.7) 

469.9
(18.9)

10 
11 

12 

8 
12 

13 
13 
13 

13 

507.4 

451.0

80.9 
(299.7) 

126.2
(322.6)

(218.8) 
45.7 
0.1 

338.4 
(49.7) 
45.7 

(196.4)
(87.0)
–

273.5
(18.9)
(87.0)

334.4 

167.6

(40.7) 
(42.2) 
– 

(52.1)
14.1
(185.6)

(82.9) 

(223.6)

251.5 

(56.0)

249.2 
2.3 

251.5 

(57.8)
1.8

(56.0)

15 
15 

105.6 
105.5 

(24.6)
(24.6)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

63

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

For the year ended 31 March 2010

Profit/(loss) for the period 

Losses on cash flow hedges taken to equity 
Deferred tax on losses on cash flow hedges taken to equity 
Amounts on cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement in the period 
Deferred tax on transfers to income statement  
Exchange movement on translation of overseas results and net assets  
Tax on exchange differences 
Actuarial losses on defined benefit pension schemes 
Tax on actuarial losses 

Other comprehensive loss for the period 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period 

Attributable to:
Equity shareholders of the company 
Minority interests 

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

251.5 

(56.0)

(13.2) 
3.7 
7.6 
(2.1) 
(9.0) 
(0.4) 
(124.4) 
34.8 

(7.8)
2.2
4.9
(1.3)
42.1
2.5 
(123.1)
33.8

(103.0) 

(46.7)

148.5 

(102.7)

146.5 
2.0 

(105.8)
3.1

148.5 

(102.7)

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
64

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

For the year ended 31 March 2010

  Share capital 
£m 

Share 
premium 
£m 

Other 
reserves 
£m 

Equity 
  attributable to 
  equity holders 
of Severn 
Trent Plc 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

Minority 
interests 
£m 

Total 
£m

At 1 April 2008 

229.7  

64.3  

427.4  

479.6  

1,201.0  

4.2  

1,205.2 

(57.8) 
– 

(57.8) 
(7.8) 

1.8  
– 

(56.0)
(7.8)

Loss for the period 
Losses on cash flow hedges taken to equity 
Deferred tax on losses on cash flow hedges  
taken to equity 
Amounts on cash flow hedges transferred to  
the income statement 
Deferred tax on transfers to the income statement 
Exchange movement on translation of overseas  
results and net assets 
Tax on exchange differences 
Actuarial losses 
Tax on actuarial losses 

Total comprehensive loss for the period 
Share options and LTIPS 
– Shares issued 
– Value of employees’ services 
– Payroll tax on awards vesting 
Current tax on share based payments 
Deferred tax on share based payments 
Dividends paid 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

1.3  
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

7.6  
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Profit for the period 
Losses on cash flow hedges taken to equity 
Deferred tax on losses on cash flow hedges  
taken to equity 
Amounts on cash flow hedges transferred  
to the income statement 
Deferred tax on transfers to the income statement 
Exchange movement on translation of overseas 
results and net assets 
Tax on exchange differences 
Actuarial losses 
Tax on actuarial losses 

Total comprehensive income for the period 
Share options and LTIPs
– proceeds from shares issued 
– value of employees’ services 
– free shares issued 
Current tax on share based payments 
Dividends paid 

–  
–  

–  

–  
–  

–  
– 
–  
–  

– 

0.6  
–  
–  
–  
–  

–  
–  

–  

–  
–  

–  
– 
–  
–  

– 

4.0  
–  
–  
–  
–  

– 
(7.8) 

2.2  

4.9  
(1.3) 

40.8  
2.5 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
(123.1) 
33.8  

2.2  

4.9  
(1.3) 

40.8  
2.5 
(123.1) 
33.8  

41.3  

(147.1) 

(105.8) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
5.3  
(2.5) 
1.3  
(3.3) 
(158.8) 

8.9  
5.3  
(2.5) 
1.3  
(3.3) 
(158.8) 

–  
(13.2)  

249.2  
–  

249.2  
(13.2)  

3.7 

7.6  
(2.1)  

(8.7) 
(0.4) 
– 
–  

– 

–  
–  

–  
– 

(124.4)  
34.8 

3.7 

7.6  
(2.1)  

(8.7) 
(0.4) 
(124.4)  
34.8  

–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

–  
5.1  
(2.2)  
0.3  
(159.7) 

4.6  
5.1  
(2.2)  
0.3  
(159.7)  

At 31 March 2009 

231.0  

71.9  

468.7  

174.5  

946.1  

At 31 March 2010 

231.6 

75.9 

455.6 

177.6 

940.7 

– 

– 
– 

1.3  
– 
– 
– 

3.1  

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(1.3) 

6.0  

2.3  
–  

–  

–  
–  

2.2 

4.9 
(1.3)

42.1 
2.5
(123.1)
33.8 

(102.7)

8.9 
5.3 
(2.5)
1.3 
(3.3)
(160.1)

952.1 

251.5 
(13.2)

3.7

7.6
(2.1) 

(0.3)  
– 
–  
–  

(9.0)
(0.4)
(124.4)
34.8

–  
–  
–  
–  
(1.7) 

6.3 

4.6
5.1
(2.2)
0.3
(161.4)

947.0

(13.1) 

159.6 

146.5 

2.0  

148.5

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

For the year ended 31 March 2010

Consolidated balance sheet

At 31 March 2010

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

65

Note 

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
21 

22 
23 
21 
24 

21 
21 
26 

29 

21 
21 
26 
27 
28 
29 

30 
31 
32 

70.6 
138.5 
6,260.5 
0.3 
4.6 
203.8 
0.1 

63.3
121.3
5,980.1
0.3
4.8
225.4
0.1

6,678.4 

6,395.3

26.5 
472.8 
2.9 
227.8 

30.6
447.1
29.8
648.1

730.0 

1,155.6

– 

4.6

7,408.4 

7,555.5

(260.9) 
(4.4) 
(464.2) 
(67.2) 
(25.5) 
– 

(256.2)
(0.4)
(442.7)
(81.1)
(9.2)
(0.4)

(822.2) 

(790.0)

(3,915.6) 
(140.3) 
(243.6) 
(956.4) 
(354.9) 
(28.4) 

(4,188.9)
(171.6)
(241.1)
(948.4)
(233.0)
(30.4)

(5,639.2) 

(5,813.4)

(6,461.4) 

(6,603.4)

947.0 

952.1

231.6 
75.9 
455.6 
177.6 

940.7 
6.3 

947.0 

231.0
71.9
468.7
174.5

946.1
6.0

952.1

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

Non-current assets 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Interests in joint ventures 
Interests in associates 
Derivative financial instruments 
Available for sale financial assets 

Current assets 
Inventory 
Trade and other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Assets held for sale 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade and other payables 
Current income tax liabilities 
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
Liabilities associated with assets held for sale   

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade and other payables 
Deferred tax 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Provisions for liabilities and charges 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves attributable to the company’s equity shareholders 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings 

Equity attributable to the company’s equity shareholders 
Minority interests 

Total equity 

Signed on behalf of the board who approved the accounts on 27 May 2010.

Sir John Egan 
Chairman 

Michael McKeon
Finance Director

Company number: 2366619

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66
66

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Consolidated cash flow statement
Heading

For the year ended 31 March 2010
For the year ended 31 March 2010

Cash generated from operations 
Tax (paid)/received 

Net cash generated from operating activities 

Investing activities 
Interest received 
Dividends received from associates and joint ventures 
Net cash flow from sale of investments 
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Purchases of intangible assets 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
Contributions and grants received 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities 
Interest paid 
Interest element of finance lease payments 
Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent 
Dividends paid to minority interests 
Repayments of borrowings 
Repayments of obligations under finance leases 
New loans raised 
Issue of shares  
Purchase of own shares 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period   
Effect of foreign exchange rates 

Note 

35 

2010 
£m 

708.0 
(53.8) 

654.2 

10.5 
0.1 
2.2 
(13.2) 
6.9 
(47.8) 
(464.9) 
18.0 

2009
£m

643.5
1.1

644.6

32.5
–
–
–
5.9
(34.1)
(462.7)
25.9

(488.2) 

(432.5)

(194.7) 
(10.0) 
(159.7) 
(1.7) 
(180.0) 
(43.2) 
1.0 
4.6 
(2.2) 

(190.2)
(16.2)
(158.8)
(1.3)
221.5
(41.0)
400.1
8.9
(2.7)

(585.9) 

(222.7)

(419.9) 
648.1 
(0.4) 

(10.6)
653.4
5.3

Net cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 

35 

227.8 

648.1

Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period:   
Total cash and cash equivalents 
Bank overdrafts 

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the period 

227.8 
– 

227.8 

648.1
–

648.1

The decrease in cash and cash equivalents is reconciled to the movement in net debt in note 35.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

67

Notes to the group financial statements

1  General information
The Severn Trent group has two segments which have a 
number of operations. These are described in the segmental 
analysis in note 5.

Severn Trent Plc is a company incorporated and domiciled  
in the United Kingdom. The address of its registered office  
is shown on the back of the cover of the annual report  
and accounts.

Severn Trent Plc is listed on the London Stock Exchange.

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses 
are eliminated on consolidation.

c)  Revenue recognition
Revenue represents the fair value of consideration receivable, 
excluding value added tax, trade discounts and inter company 
sales, in the ordinary course of business for goods and  
services provided.

Revenue is not recognised until the service has been provided 
to the customer, or the goods to which the sale relates have 
either been despatched to the customer or, where they are held 
on the customer’s behalf, title has passed to the customer.

2  Accounting policies
a)  Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), International 
Accounting Standards (IAS) and IFRIC interpretations issued 
and effective and ratified by the European Union as at 31 March 
2010 and those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable  
to companies reporting under IFRS as adopted by the  
European Union.

Turnover includes an estimate of the amount of mains water 
and waste water charges unbilled at the year end. The accrual 
is estimated using a defined methodology based upon a 
measure of unbilled water consumed by tariff, which is 
calculated from historical billing information.

In respect of long term contracts, revenue is recognised based 
on the value of work carried out during the year with reference 
to the total sales value and the stage of completion of  
these contracts.

The financial statements have been prepared on the going 
concern basis (see Directors’ report on page 28) and under the 
historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of 
certain financial assets and liabilities (including derivative 
instruments) at fair value.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS 
requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the 
financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and 
expenses for the reporting period. Although these estimates 
are based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, 
event or actions, actual results may ultimately differ from  
those estimates.

b)  Basis of consolidation
The financial statements include the results of Severn Trent Plc 
and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associated 
undertakings. The results of subsidiaries, joint ventures and 
associated undertakings are included from the date of 
acquisition or incorporation, and excluded from the date  
of disposal.

The results of subsidiaries are consolidated where the group 
has the power to control a subsidiary.

The results of joint venture undertakings are accounted for on 
an equity basis where the company exercised joint control 
under a contractual arrangement.

The results of associates are accounted for on an equity basis. 
Associates are entities where the group has the power to 
exercise significant influence.

Minority interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries 
are identified separately from the group’s equity therein. 
Minority interests consist of the amount of those interests at the 
date of the original business combination and the minority’s 
share of changes in equity since that date. Losses attributable 
to the minority in excess of the minority’s interest in the 
subsidiary’s equity are allocated against the interests of the 
group except to the extent that the minority has a binding 
obligation and is able to make an additional investment to  
cover the losses.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

Interest income is accrued on a time basis by reference to the 
principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate 
applicable. Dividend income from investments is recognised 
when the group’s rights to receive payment have been 
established. Interest and dividend income are included in 
finance income.

d)  Exceptional items
Exceptional items are income or expenditure, which individually 
or, if of a similar type, in aggregate should, in the opinion of the 
directors, be disclosed by virtue of their size or nature if the 
financial statements are to give a true and fair view. In this 
context, materiality is assessed at the segment level.

e)  Taxation
Current tax payable is based on the taxable profit for the year. 
Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income 
statement because it excludes items of income and expenses 
that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further 
excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The 
group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date.

Deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, 
on taxable temporary differences between the tax bases of 
assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial 
statements. A deferred tax asset is only recognised to the 
extent it is probable that sufficient taxable profits will be 
available in the future to utilise it. Deferred taxation is 
measured on a non-discounted basis using the tax rates and 
laws that have then been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the 
related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred 
tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a 
legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes 
levied by the same taxation authority and the group intends to 
settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

 
68

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

2  Accounting policies (continued)
f)  Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of purchase 
consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired. 
Goodwill arising on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in 
intangible assets, whilst goodwill arising on acquisition of 
associates is included in investments in associates. If an 
acquisition gives rise to negative goodwill this is credited 
directly to the income statement. Fair value adjustments  
based on provisional estimates are amended within one year  
of the acquisition, if required, with a corresponding adjustment 
to goodwill.

Goodwill arising on all acquisitions prior to 1 April 1998 was 
written off to reserves under UK GAAP and remains eliminated 
against reserves. Purchased goodwill arising on acquisitions 
after 31 March 1998 is treated as an intangible fixed asset.

Goodwill is tested for impairment in accordance with the  
policy set out above and carried at cost less accumulated 
impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to the cash  
generating unit that derives benefit from the goodwill for 
impairment testing purposes.

Where goodwill forms part of a cash generating unit and all or 
part of that unit is disposed of, the associated goodwill is 
included in the carrying amount of that operation when 
determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation.

g)  Intangible non-current assets
Intangible assets acquired separately are capitalised at cost 
and when acquired in a business combination are capitalised at 
fair value at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, 
the historical cost model is applied to intangible assets. 
Amortisation charged on assets with finite lives is taken to the 
income statement through operating expenses.

Finite life intangible assets are amortised on a straight line 
basis over their estimated useful economic lives as follows:

Software 
Other assets 

Years

3-10
2-20

Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment where indicators 
of impairment exist.

h)  Research and development
Research expenditure is expensed when it is incurred. 
Development expenditure is capitalised and written off  
over its expected useful economic life where the following 
criteria are met:

•  an asset is created that can be identified;
•  it is probable that the asset created will generate future 

economic benefits; and

•  the development cost can be measured reliably.

Expenditure on property, plant and equipment relating to 
research and development projects is capitalised and written 
off over the expected useful life of those assets.

i)  Pre-contract costs
Pre-contract costs are expensed as incurred except where it is 
probable that the contract will be awarded, in which case they 
are recognised as a prepayment which is written off to the 
income statement over the life of the contract.

j)  Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment comprises:

Infrastructure assets

i) 
Infrastructure assets are included at cost (or deemed cost on 
transition to IFRS) less accumulated depreciation. The costs of 
like for like replacement of infrastructure components are 
recognised in the income statement as they arise. Where it is 
probable that the money spent will cause future economic 
benefits to flow to the group, then costs are capitalised. 
Infrastructure assets are depreciated over their useful 
economic lives, which are as follows:

Impounding reservoirs 
Raw water aqueducts 
Mains 
Sewers 

Years

250
250
80-150
150-200

ii)  Other assets
Other assets are included at cost less accumulated 
depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. Other assets 
are depreciated over their estimated economic lives to their 
residual value, which are principally as follows:

Buildings 
Fixed plant and equipment 
Vehicles and mobile plant 

Years

30-80
20-40
2-15

Assets in the course of construction are not depreciated  
until commissioned.

Interest costs of debt raised to finance new property, plant and 
equipment where construction commenced after 1 April 2010 
are included within the cost of those fixed assets.

k)  Leased assets
Where the group obtains assets under leasing arrangements 
which transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership of an asset to the group as lessee (finance leases), 
the lower of the fair value of the leased asset or the present 
value of the minimum lease payments is capitalised as an asset 
with a corresponding liability representing the obligation to the 
lessor. Lease payments are treated as consisting of a capital 
element and a finance charge, the capital element reducing the 
obligation to the lessor and the finance charge being written off 
to the income statement at a constant rate over the period of 
the lease in proportion to the capital amount outstanding. 
Depreciation is charged over the shorter of the estimated 
useful life and the lease period.

Where the group obtains assets under leasing arrangements 
where substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership 
remain with the lessor, these are classified as operating leases. 
Rental costs arising under operating leases are expensed on a 
straight line basis over the term of the lease. Leases of land are 
normally treated as operating leases, unless ownership is 
transferred to the group at the end of the lease.

l)  Grants and contributions
Grants and contributions received in respect of non-current 
assets, including charges made for new connections to the 
water and sewerage networks, are treated as deferred income 
and released to the income statement over the useful economic 
life of those non-current assets.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

69

2  Accounting policies (continued)
l)  Grants and contributions (continued)
Grants and contributions which are given in compensation for 
expenses incurred with no future related costs are recognised 
in operating costs in the income statement in the period that 
they become receivable.

m) Impairment of non-current assets
If the recoverable amount of goodwill, an item of property, plant 
and equipment, or any other non-current asset is estimated to 
be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the 
asset is reduced to its recoverable amount. Where the asset 
does not generate cash flows that are independent from other 
assets, the group estimates the recoverable amount of the 
cash generating unit to which the asset belongs. Recoverable 
amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell or estimated 
value in use at the date the impairment review is undertaken. 
Fair value less costs to sell represents the amount obtainable 
from the sale of the assets in an arm’s length transaction 
between knowledgeable and willing third parties, less costs of 
disposal. Value in use represents the present value of future 
cash flows expected to be derived from a cash generating unit, 
discounted using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the cost of capital of the cash 
generating unit or asset.

The discount rate used is based on the group’s cost of capital 
adjusted for the risk profiles of individual businesses.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually. Impairment reviews  
are also carried out if there is an indication that an impairment  
may have occurred, or, where otherwise required, to ensure 
that non-current assets are not carried above their estimated  
recoverable amounts.

Impairments are recognised in the income statement.

n)  Investments
After initial recognition at cost (being the fair value of the 
consideration paid), investments which are classified as 
available for sale are measured at fair value, with gains or 
losses recognised in equity. When an available for sale 
investment is disposed of, or impaired, the gain or loss 
previously recognised in equity is taken to the income 
statement. Where there is no active market in the investments 
and the fair value cannot be measured reliably, the investments 
are held at cost.

Other investments are classified as held to maturity when the 
group has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity. 
Investments held for an undefined period are excluded from 
this classification. Such investments (and those held to 
maturity) are measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method, with any gains or losses being recognised 
in the income statement.

o)  Financial instruments
i)  Debt instruments
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at cost, being 
the net fair value of the consideration received. After initial 
recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method. Where a loan or borrowing is in a fair 
value hedging relationship it is remeasured for changes in fair 
value of the hedged risk at the balance sheet date, with gains 
or losses being recognised in gains/losses on financial 
instruments in the income statement (see below).

Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement 
when the liabilities are derecognised as well as through the  
amortisation process.

ii)  Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The group uses derivative financial instruments such as cross 
currency swaps, forward currency contracts and interest rate 
swaps to hedge its risks associated with foreign currency and 
interest rate fluctuations. Such derivative instruments are 
initially recorded at cost and subsequently remeasured at fair 
value at the balance sheet date. The fair value of cross 
currency swaps, interest rate swaps and forward currency 
contracts is calculated by reference to market exchange rates 
and interest rates at the period end. Net interest receivable or 
payable in respect of derivative financial instruments is 
included in finance income or finance costs.

In relation to fair value hedges which meet the conditions for 
hedge accounting, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is 
taken to gains/losses on financial instruments in the income 
statement where the effective portion of the hedge will offset 
the gain or loss on the hedged item (see above).

In relation to cash flow hedges which meet the conditions for 
hedge accounting, the portion of the gain or loss on the 
hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge 
is recognised directly in equity and the ineffective portion in 
gains/losses on financial instruments in the income statement. 
The gains or losses deferred in equity in this way are recycled 
through gains/losses on financial instruments in the income 
statement in the same period in which the hedged underlying 
transaction or firm commitment is recognised in the  
income statement.

Where forward currency contracts and foreign currency 
borrowings are used to hedge net investments in foreign 
currency denominated operations, to the extent that they are 
designated and effective as net investment hedges, they are 
matched in equity against changes in value of the related 
assets. Any ineffectiveness is taken to gains/losses on financial 
instruments in the income statement.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument 
expires, is sold, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies 
for hedge accounting. At that date any cumulative gain or loss 
on the hedging instrument recognised in equity is kept in equity 
until the forecast transaction occurs, or transferred to gains/
losses on financial instruments in the income statement if the 
forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur.

For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, gains 
or losses are taken directly to gains/losses on financial 
instruments in the income statement in the period.

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other 
host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their 
risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the 
host contract and the host contract is not carried at fair value, 
with gains and losses reported in gains/losses on financial 
instruments in the income statement.

p)  Inventory
Inventory and work in progress is stated at the lower of cost 
and net realisable value. Cost includes labour, materials, 
transport and attributable overheads.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
70

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

2  Accounting policies (continued)
q)  Trade receivables
Trade receivables are measured at fair value on initial 
recognition and are subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest rate method unless there is 
objective evidence that the asset is impaired, where it is written 
down to its recoverable amount and the irrecoverable amount 
is recognised as an expense.

Trade receivables that are assessed not to be impaired 
individually are assessed collectively for impairment by 
reference to the group’s historical collection experience for 
receivables of similar age.

r)  Service concession arrangements
Where the group has a right to receive cash from a government 
body in return for constructing or upgrading a public sector 
asset it recognises a financial asset in prepayments and 
accrued income where it has incurred costs that will be 
recovered from amounts receivable from the concession in 
future periods. Costs of construction or upgrading the public 
sector assets are recognised as a straight line basis, before 
adjusting for expected inflation, over the life of the contract.

s)  Trade payables
Trade payables are initially measured at fair value and are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective 
interest rate method.

t)  Retirement benefits
The group operates both defined benefit and defined 
contribution pension schemes.

The difference between the value of defined benefit pension 
scheme assets and defined benefit pension scheme liabilities  
is recorded on the balance sheet as a retirement benefit asset  
or obligation.

Defined benefit pension scheme assets are measured using 
bid price. Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities are 
measured at the balance sheet date by an independent actuary 
using the projected unit method and discounted at the current 
rate of return on high quality corporate bonds of equivalent 
term and currency to the liability. Service cost, which is the 
increase in the present value of the liabilities of the group’s 
defined benefit pension schemes expected to arise from 
employee service in the period, is included in operating costs. 
The expected return on the scheme’s assets and the increase 
during the period in the present value of the scheme’s liabilities, 
arising from the passage of time, are included in other finance 
income or cost.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments, 
changes in actuarial assumptions and amendments to pension 
plans are charged or credited to equity and recorded in the 
statement of recognised income and expense.

Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes are 
charged to the income statement in the period in which they  
fall due.

u)  Provisions
Provisions are recognised where:

•  there is a present obligation as a result of a past event;
•  it is probable that there will be an outflow of economic 

benefits to settle this obligation; and

•  a reliable estimate of this amount can be made.

Self-insurance provisions are recognised for claims notified and 
for claims incurred but which have not yet been notified, based 
on advice from the group’s independent insurance advisers.

Provisions are discounted to present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects the risks specific to the liability where 
the effect is material.

v)  Purchase of own shares
The group balance sheet includes the shares held by the 
Severn Trent Employee Share Ownership Trust (the Trust) and 
which have not vested unconditionally by the balance sheet 
date. These are shown as a deduction from shareholders’ 
funds until such time as they vest.

w)  Share based payments
The group operates a number of equity settled, share based 
compensation plans for employees. The fair value of the 
employee services received in exchange for the grant is 
recognised as an expense over the vesting period of the grant.

The fair value of employee services is determined by reference 
to the fair value of the awards granted calculated using an 
appropriate pricing model, excluding the impact of any 
non-market vesting conditions. The number of awards that are 
expected to vest takes into account non-market vesting 
conditions including, where appropriate, continuing employment 
by the group. The charge is adjusted to reflect shares that do not 
vest as a result of failing to meet a non-market condition.

x)  Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of the cash flow statement, cash and cash 
equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily 
convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to 
an insignificant risk of change in value. Such investments are 
normally those with less than three months’ maturity from the 
date of acquisition and include cash and bank balances and 
investments in liquid funds. Cash and cash equivalents also 
include overdrafts repayable on demand.

y)  Foreign currency
The results of overseas subsidiary and associated 
undertakings are translated into sterling, the presentational 
currency of the group, using average rates of exchange ruling 
during the year.

The net investments in overseas subsidiary and associated 
undertakings are translated into sterling at the rates of exchange 
ruling at the year end. Exchange differences thus arising are 
treated as movements in equity. On disposal of a foreign 
currency denominated subsidiary, the deferred cumulative 
amount recognised in equity since 1 April 2004 relating to that 
entity is recognised in the income statement under the 
transitional rule of IFRS 1.

Exchange differences arising in respect of foreign exchange 
instruments taken out as hedges of overseas investments are 
also treated as movements in equity to the extent that the 
hedge is effective (see note 2 o).

All other foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities of 
the company and its subsidiary undertakings are translated into 
the relevant functional currency at the rates of exchange ruling at 
the year end. Any exchange differences so arising are dealt with 
through the income statement. Foreign currency transactions 
arising during the year are translated into sterling at the rate of 
exchange ruling on the date of the transaction. All profits and 
losses on exchange arising during the year are dealt with 
through the income statement.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

71

2  Accounting policies (continued)
z)  Discontinued operations and assets held for sale
Where an asset or group of assets (a disposal group) is available 
for immediate sale and the sale is highly probable and expected 
to occur within one year then the disposal group is deemed as 
held for sale. The disposal group is measured at the lower of the 
carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

IAS 27 (revised) was issued in January 2008 and is  
required to be implemented by the group from 1 April 2010.  
The revised standard requires the effects of all transactions 
with non-controlling interests to be recorded in equity if there  
is no change in control. The standard also specifies the 
accounting when control is lost. The group has had no 
transactions in the current or prior year that would have  
been impacted by the revised standard.

Where a group of assets which comprises operations that can 
be clearly distinguished operationally and for financial reporting 
purposes from the rest of the group (a component) has been 
disposed of or classified as held for sale, and it:

•  represents a separate major line of business or geographical 

area of operations; or

•  is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate 
major line of business or geographical area of operations; or

•  is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale

then the component is classified as a discontinued operation.

Non-current assets classified as held for sale are measured at 
the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. 
Depreciation is not charged on such assets.

3  New accounting policies and future requirements
International Financial Reporting Standard 8 ‘Operating 
Segments’ (IFRS 8) was issued in November 2006 and was 
required to be implemented by the group from 1 April 2009. 
The standard requires identification of operating segments 
based on internal reports that are regularly reviewed by the 
chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources  
to the segment and assess its performance. The impact of the 
standard on the group’s financial statements is not significant 
since the group’s segmental reporting already closely  
reflected reports regularly reviewed by the Severn Trent 
Executive Committee.

IAS 23 (revised) was issued in March 2007 and was required to 
be implemented by the group from 1 April 2009. The revision to 
the standard removed the option of immediately recognising as 
an expense borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the 
acquisition, construction or production of an asset that takes a 
substantial period of time to get ready for use or sale. Such 
costs are therefore required to be capitalised as part of the cost 
of the asset. The revised standard required the group to 
change its previous policy and resulted in borrowing costs that 
would previously have been expensed being capitalised in 
property, plant and equipment (£2.6 million) or intangible assets 
(£nil). The costs will be amortised over the expected useful 
lives of the relevant assets.

IAS 1 (revised) was issued in September 2007 and was 
required to be implemented by the group from 1 April 2009. 
The revision is aimed at improving users’ ability to analyse and 
compare the information given in financial statements. The 
changes made are to require information in financial 
statements to be aggregated on the basis of shared 
characteristics and to introduce a statement of comprehensive 
income. Since the group already presented a statement of 
recognised income and expense, the changes had no 
significant impact on the group financial statements.

The following statements have been issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board and are likely to affect future  
financial statements.

IFRS 3 (revised) was issued in January 2008 and is required  
to be implemented by the group from 1 April 2010. The 
standard continues to apply the acquisition method to business 
combinations, with some significant changes. The group has 
had no transactions in the current or prior year that would have 
been impacted by the revised standard.

IFRIC 18 “Transfer of assets from customers” was issued in 
January 2009 and is required to be applied retrospectively from 
1 April 2010 to transfer of assets occurring after 1 July 2009. 
The interpretation requires that if the group receives an asset 
from a customer it should recognise that asset at fair value. If 
the group has no further obligation as a result of the transfer 
then the fair value of the asset is recognised as revenue. If the 
group has ongoing obligations then the fair value of the asset is 
recognised as deferred income and released to revenue over 
the period of the obligation.

The directors assess that the other standards and interpretations 
issued but not yet effective are not applicable to the group.

4  Significant accounting judgments and key 

sources of estimation uncertainty

In the process of applying the group’s accounting policies, the 
group is required to make certain judgments, estimates and 
assumptions that it believes are reasonable based on the 
information available.

The more significant judgments were:

a)  Tax provisions
Assessing the outcome of uncertain tax positions requires 
judgments to be made regarding the result of negotiations with 
and enquiries from tax authorities in a number of jurisdictions. 
The assessments made are based on advice from independent 
tax advisers and the status of ongoing discussions with the 
relevant tax authorities.

b)  Provisions for other liabilities and charges
Assessing the financial outcome of uncertain commercial  
and legal positions requires judgments to be made regarding 
the relative merits of each party’s case and the extent to  
which any claim against the group is likely to be successful. 
The assessments made are based on advice from the  
group’s internal counsel and, where appropriate, independent 
legal advice.

c)  Service concession arrangements
Assessing the extent to which costs of constructing or 
upgrading the MoD assets should be recognised in the period 
requires judgments to be made about the expected level of 
costs for the whole contract. Estimates are based on 
engineering data and adjusted for inflation expectations.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
72

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

4  Significant accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty (continued)
The key accounting estimates were:

a)  Goodwill impairment
Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash generating units (CGU) to which 
goodwill has been allocated. The value in use calculation requires the group to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise 
from the CGU and a suitable discount rate to calculate present value. Details of the assumptions used are set out in note 16 to the 
financial statements.

b)   Depreciation and carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment
Calculating the depreciation charge and hence the carrying value for property, plant and equipment requires estimates to be made 
of the useful lives of the assets. The estimates are based on engineering data and the group’s experience of similar assets. Details 
are set out in note 2 j).

c)  Retirement benefit obligations
Determining the amount of the group’s retirement benefit obligations and the net costs of providing such benefits requires 
assumptions to be made concerning long term interest rates, inflation, salary and pension increases, investment returns and 
longevity of current and future pensioners. Changes in these assumptions could significantly impact the amount of the obligations 
or the cost of providing such benefits. The group makes assumptions concerning these matters with the assistance of advice from 
independent qualified actuaries. Details of the assumptions made are set out in note 28 to the financial statements.

d)  Unbilled revenue
Severn Trent Water raises bills and recognises revenue in accordance with its right to receive revenue in line with the limits 
established by the periodic regulatory price review processes. For water and waste water customers with water meters, the 
amount recognised is dependent upon the volume supplied including an estimate of the sales value of units supplied between the 
date of the last meter read and the year end. Meters are read on a cyclical basis and the group recognises revenue for unbilled 
amounts based on estimated usage from the last billing to the end of the financial year. The estimated usage is based on historical 
data, judgment and assumptions.

e)  Provision for impairment of trade receivables
Provisions are made against Severn Trent Water’s trade receivables based on historical experience of levels of recovery from 
accounts in a particular ageing category. The actual amounts collected could differ from the estimated level of recovery which 
could impact operating results.

5  Segmental analysis
The group has two reportable segments: Severn Trent Water and Severn Trent Services. The key factor determining the 
identification of reportable segments is the regulatory environment in which the businesses operate. Severn Trent Water is subject 
to economic regulation by Ofwat and operates under a licence to provide water and sewerage services within a defined 
geographical region in England and Wales. Severn Trent Services is not subject to economic regulation and operates in markets in 
the USA, Europe and Asia.

The Severn Trent Executive Committee (STEC) is considered to be the group’s chief operating decision maker. The reports 
provided to STEC include segmental information prepared on the basis described above. Details of Severn Trent Water’s 
operations are described on pages 12 to 17 of the Business Review and those of Severn Trent Services on pages 19 to 21.

The group has a large and diverse customer base and there is no significant reliance on any single customer.

The measure of profit or loss that is reported to STEC for the segments is profit before interest, tax and exceptional items 
(underlying PBIT). A segmental analysis of sales and underlying PBIT is presented below.

2010 

External sales 
Inter-segment sales 

Total sales 

Profit before interest, tax and exceptional items 
Exceptional items 

Profit before interest and tax 

Profit before interest, tax and exceptional items is stated after: 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment  
Profit on disposal of fixed assets 

  Severn Trent  Severn Trent  
Services 
£m

Water 
£m 

1,383.6 
1.7 

1,385.3 

320.3
16.2

336.5

541.3 
(42.1) 

499.2 

23.4 
232.5 
(4.3) 

28.7
(7.6)

21.1

1.6
6.1
(0.2)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

73

5  Segmental analysis (continued)

2009 

External sales 
Inter-segment sales 

Total sales 

Profit before interest, tax and exceptional items 
Exceptional items 

Profit before interest and tax 

Profit before interest, tax and exceptional items is stated after: 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Depreciation of property plant and equipment   
Profit on disposal of fixed assets 

  Severn Trent  Severn Trent  
Services 
£m

Water 
£m 

1,323.5 
1.4 

318.7 
20.6 

1,324.9 

339.3 

456.0 
(19.4) 

436.6 

22.9 
220.0 
(4.0) 

30.5 
(0.7)

29.8 

1.3 
6.1 
–

The group’s treasury and tax affairs are managed centrally by the Group Treasury and Tax departments. Finance costs are 
managed on a group basis and hence interest income and costs are not reported at the segmental level. Tax is not reported  
to STEC on a segmental basis.

Interests in joint ventures and associates are not material and are not included in the segmental reports reviewed by STEC.

Separate segmental analyses of assets and liabilities are not reviewed by STEC. The balance sheet measure reviewed by STEC 
on a segmental basis is capital employed which includes the following components:

2010 

Operating assets 
Goodwill 
Interests in joint ventures and associates 

Segment assets 
Segment operating liabilities 

Capital employed 

2009 

Operating assets 
Goodwill 
Interests in joint ventures and associates 

Segment assets 
Segment operating liabilities 

Capital employed 

  Severn Trent  Severn Trent  
Services 
£m

Water 
£m 

6,689.9 
– 
0.2 

6,690.1 
(985.3) 

215.3
70.6
4.7

290.6
(92.0)

5,704.8 

198.6

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

  Severn Trent  Severn Trent  
Services 
£m

Water 
£m 

6,379.2 
– 
0.2 

6,379.4 
(801.3) 

213.9
63.3
4.9

282.1
(97.6)

5,578.1 

184.5

Operating assets comprise other intangible assets, property plant and equipment, inventory and trade and other receivables.
Operating liabilities comprise trade and other payables, retirement benefit obligations and provisions.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

5  Segmental analysis (continued)
Additions to other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment were as follows:

2010 

Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 

2009 

Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 

The reportable segments’ revenue is reconciled to group turnover as follows:

Severn Trent Water revenue 
Severn Trent Services revenue 
Inter-segment sales 

Group turnover 

  Severn Trent  Severn Trent  
Services 
£m

Water 
£m 

44.4 
497.3 

3.2
13.0

  Severn Trent  Severn Trent  
Services 
£m

Water 
£m 

31.6 
470.1 

2.0
6.0

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

1,385.3 
336.5 
(17.9) 

1,324.9
339.3
(22.0)

1,703.9 

1,642.2

Segmental underlying PBIT is reconciled to the group’s profit before tax and discontinued operations as follows:

Underlying PBIT:

Severn Trent Water 
Severn Trent Services 
Corporate and other costs 
Consolidation adjustments 

Group underlying PBIT 
Exceptional items:

Severn Trent Water 
Severn Trent Services 
Corporate 

Share of results of associates and joint ventures 
Net finance costs 
Gains/(losses) on financial instruments 

Profit before tax and discontinued operations   

The reportable segments’ assets are reconciled to the group’s total assets as follows:

Segment assets 

Severn Trent Water 
Severn Trent Services 
Corporate assets 
Derivative financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Assets held for sale 
Available for sale financial assets 
Consolidation adjustments 

Total assets 

The consolidation adjustments include intra-group debtors and unrealised profits on fixed assets.

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

541.3 
28.7 
(14.2) 
1.3 

456.0
30.5
(16.4)
(0.2)

557.1 

469.9

(42.1) 
(7.6) 
– 
0.1 
(218.8) 
45.7 

(19.4)
(0.7)
1.2
–
(196.4)
(87.0)

334.4 

167.6

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

6,690.1 
290.6 
21.7 
206.7 
227.8 
– 
0.1 
(28.6) 

6,379.4
282.1
13.5
255.2
648.1
4.6
0.1
(27.5)

7,408.4 

7,555.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

75

5  Segmental analysis (continued)
The reportable segments’ liabilities are reconciled to the group’s total liabilities as follows:

Segment liabilities 

Severn Trent Water 
Severn Trent Services 
Corporate and other 

Borrowings 
Financial liabilities 
Current tax 
Deferred tax 
Liabilities associated with assets held for sale   
Consolidation adjustments 

Total liabilities 

The consolidation adjustments include intra-group creditors.

Geographical areas
The group’s sales were derived from the following countries:

UK 
USA 
Other 

The group’s non-current assets (excluding financial instruments) were located in the following countries:

UK 
USA 
Other 

6  Revenue

Water and sewerage services 
Other services 
Sale of goods 
Revenue from long term contracts 

Total turnover 
Interest receivable (note 10) 

Total revenue 

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

(985.3) 
(92.0) 
(49.7) 
(4,176.5) 
(144.7) 
(67.2) 
(956.4) 
– 
10.4 

(801.3)
(97.6)
(66.4)
(4,445.1)
(172.0)
(81.1)
(948.4)
(0.4)
8.9 

(6,461.4) 

(6,603.4)

2010 
£m 

1,459.2 
145.1 
99.6 

2009
£m

1,406.6 
142.6 
93.0 

1,703.9 

1,642.2

2010 
£m 

6,386.7 
61.3 
26.6 

2009
£m

6,098.0
62.4
9.5

6,474.6 

6,169.9

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

2010 
£m 

1,377.0 
226.4 
47.8 
52.7 

2009
£m

1,316.1
214.7
63.4
48.0

1,703.9 
9.8 

1,642.2
36.4

1,713.7 

1,678.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

7  Operating costs

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs 
Share based payments 

Total employee costs 
Power 
Raw materials and consumables 
Rates 
Charge for bad and doubtful debts 
Service charges 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment  
Amortisation of intangible fixed assets 
Hired and contracted services 
Operating lease rentals
– land and buildings 
– other 
Hire of plant and machinery 
Research and development expenditure 
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Foreign exchange gains 
Water and sewerage infrastructure maintenance expenditure 
Other operating costs 

Release from deferred income 
Own work capitalised 

Total operating costs 

Before 

  exceptional  Exceptional 
costs 
£m 

costs 
£m 

Before

exceptional  Exceptional
costs 
£m 

costs 
£m 

2010 

Total 
£m 

291.4 
19.0 
26.6 
5.1 

342.1 
56.0 
117.3 
61.8 
35.2 
31.1 
236.9 
31.0 
150.8 

9.6 
1.2 
8.3 
5.6 
(4.5) 
– 
104.5 
96.5 

265.1 
19.8 
28.9 
5.3 

314.1 
56.3 
128.7 
59.2 
31.8 
30.0 
223.7 
24.2 
143.7 

4.0 
1.6 
7.1 
5.6 
(4.0) 
(0.2) 
130.1 
92.1 

276.8 
18.5 
19.1 
5.1 

319.5 
56.0 
116.9 
61.0 
35.1 
31.1 
236.1 
25.2 
145.9 

4.2 
1.1 
8.2 
5.6 
(4.5) 
– 
104.5 
89.5 

14.6 
0.5 
7.5 
– 

22.6 
– 
0.4 
0.8 
0.1 
– 
0.8 
5.8 
4.9 

5.4 
0.1 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
7.0 

2009

Total
£m

266.5
19.9
28.9
5.3

320.6
56.3
129.6
59.2
31.9
30.0
223.7
24.2
146.3

4.0
1.6
7.1
5.6
(4.0)
(0.2)
130.1
105.9

1,271.9
(5.3)
(75.4)

1.4 
0.1 
– 
– 

1.5 
– 
0.9 
– 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
2.6 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
13.8 

18.9 
– 
– 

1,235.4 
(7.5) 
(81.1) 

48.0 
– 
– 

1,283.4 
(7.5) 
(81.1) 

1,253.0 
(5.3) 
(75.4) 

1,146.8 

48.0 

1,194.8 

1,172.3 

18.9 

1,191.2

The classification of certain prior year costs has been amended to conform with the current year presentation.

Further details of exceptional costs are given in note 8. The pension costs shown above include current and past service costs. 
Other pension costs (interest costs, expected returns on assets and actuarial gains and losses) are included in finance costs and 
other comprehensive income.

During the year the following fees were charged by the auditors:

Fees payable to the company’s auditors for:

The audit of the company’s annual accounts 
The audit of the company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 

Audit fees payable to associates of the company’s auditors 

Total audit fees 

Fees payable to the company’s auditors and their associates for other services to the group 
– Other services pursuant to legislation 
– Services relating to corporate finance 

Total non-audit fees 

Details of directors’ remuneration are set out in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 45 to 57.

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

0.1 
0.4 
0.1 

0.6 

0.2 
0.1 

0.3 

0.1
0.4
0.1

0.6

0.3
0.1

0.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

77

8  Exceptional items

Restructuring programmes:

Severn Trent Water 
Severn Trent Services 

Corporate and Other release of disposal provisions made in previous periods 

Exceptional restructuring costs 

Flood costs 
Insurance recoverable 

Severn Trent Water exceptional flood income 

Fine and costs relating to leakage reporting 
Contribution to charitable trust 
Severn Trent Water exceptional charge relating to regulatory matters 

Severn Trent Services release of provision for third party legal costs 

Total exceptional operating costs 

Exceptional loss on disposal of business 

Total exceptional items 

9  Employee numbers
Average number of employees (including executive directors) during the year:

By type of business: 
Severn Trent Water 
Severn Trent Services 
Corporate and Other 

10  Finance income

Interest revenue earned on: 
Bank deposits 
Other financial income 

Total interest revenue 
Expected return on defined benefit scheme assets 

Total finance income 

All interest revenue relates to loans and receivables.

2010 
£m 

42.1 
5.9 
– 

48.0 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

48.0 

1.7 

49.7 

2009
£m

13.7
2.1
(1.2)

14.6

13.1
(14.6)

(1.5)

2.2
5.0
7.2

(1.4)

18.9

–

18.9

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

2010 
Number 

2009 
Number

5,686 
3,090 
12 

8,788 

2010 
£m 

7.0 
2.8 

9.8 
71.1 

80.9 

5,624
3,120
24

8,768

2009
£m

32.0
4.4

36.4
89.8

126.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

11  Finance costs

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts 
Interest on other loans 
Interest on finance leases 

Total borrowing costs 
Other financial expenses 
Interest cost on defined benefit scheme obligations 

Total finance costs 

2010 
£m 

7.6 
195.0 
10.1 

212.7 
0.9 
86.1 

2009 
£m

13.0
191.7
16.3

221.0
9.7
91.9

299.7 

322.6

In accordance with IAS 23 borrowing costs of £2.6 million (2009: £nil) that were incurred funding eligible capital projects have been 
capitalised at an interest rate of 5.65%.

12  Gains/(losses) on financial instruments

(Loss)/gain on cross currency swaps used as hedging instruments in fair value hedges 
Gain/(loss) arising on adjustments for foreign currency debt in fair value hedges 
Fair value loss on cash flow hedges transferred from equity 
Gain/(loss) arising on interest rate swaps where hedge accounting is not applied 

The group’s hedge accounting arrangements are described in note 21 g).

13  Taxation
a)  Analysis of tax charge in the year

Current tax
Current year at 28% 
Prior year at 28%  

Total current tax 

Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences – current year 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences – prior year 
Exceptional deferred tax 

Total deferred tax 

Total tax charge 

2010 
£m 

(10.9) 
22.3 
(7.6) 
41.9 

2009 
£m

221.1
(222.7)
(4.9)
(80.5)

45.7 

(87.0)

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

71.3 
(30.6) 

40.7 

25.9 
16.3 
– 

42.2 

65.0
(12.9)

52.1

(23.3)
9.2
185.6

171.5

82.9 

223.6

The Finance Act 2008 included legislation which will prevent the group claiming industrial building allowances on affected assets 
after 2011. This change is being introduced by reducing the rate of allowance that may be claimed from 1 April 2009 to 31 March 
2011 at which point the allowances will be removed. The removal of these allowances resulted in an exceptional deferred tax charge 
of £185.6 million in the year ended 31 March 2009.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

79

13  Taxation (continued)
b)  Factors affecting the tax charge in the year
The tax expense for the current year is lower (2009: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK 28%.  
The differences are explained below:

Profit on ordinary activities before tax: 

Tax at the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK 28% (2009: 28%)  
Tax effect of expenditure not deductible/(income not taxable) in determining taxable profit 
Effect of different rates of tax in overseas jurisdictions 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
Exceptional deferred tax 

Total tax charge 

2010 
£m 

334.4 

93.6 
2.7 
0.9 
(14.3) 
– 

2009
£m

167.6

46.9
(5.9)
0.7
(3.7)
185.6

82.9 

223.6

c)  Tax credited directly to equity
In addition to the amount charged to the income statement, the following amounts of tax have been credited directly to equity.

Current tax
Tax on share based payments 
Tax on pension contributions in excess of profit and loss charge 
Tax on exchange differences on foreign currency hedging   

Total current tax credited directly to equity  

Deferred tax
Tax on actuarial losses 
Tax on cash flow hedges 
Tax on share based payments 

Total deferred tax credited directly to equity 

14  Dividends
Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the period:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2009 (2008) 
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2010 (2009)   

2010 
£m 

(0.3) 
(0.7) 
0.4 

(0.6) 

(34.1) 
(1.6) 
– 

(35.7) 

2009
£m

(1.3)
(3.8)
(2.5)

(7.6)

(30.0)
(0.9)
3.3

(27.6)

Pence per 
share 

41.05 
26.71 

2010 

£m 

96.5 
63.2 

Pence per
share 

41.29 
26.29 

2009

£m

97.0
61.8

67.76 

159.7 

67.58 

158.8

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2010 

45.61 

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM and has not been included as a liability in these 
financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

15  Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding those held in the Severn Trent Employee Share Ownership Trust, 
which are treated as cancelled.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all 
potentially dilutive ordinary shares. These represent share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the 
average market price of the company’s shares during the year.

Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations are calculated on the basis of profit from combining operations 
attributable to the equity holders of the company.

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Earnings

Earnings for the purpose of basic and diluted earnings per share being:
Profit/(loss) for the period attributable to the equity holders of the company 

Number of shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of basic earnings per share 
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:

Share options and LTIPs 

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

249.2 

(57.8)

2010 
m 

2009
m

236.0 

234.9

0.3 

0.7

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share 

236.3 

235.6

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted basic earnings per share 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

2010 
Pence 

122.8 

122.6 

2009
Pence

92.7

92.4

Adjusted earnings per share figures are presented for combining operations. These exclude the effects of deferred tax,  
gains/(losses) on financial instruments and exceptional items in both 2010 and 2009. The directors consider that the adjusted 
figures provide a useful additional indicator of performance. The denominators used in the calculations of adjusted basic and 
diluted earnings per share are the same as those used in the unadjusted figures set out above.

The adjustments to earnings are as follows:

Adjustments to earnings

Earnings for the purpose of basic and diluted earnings per share 
Adjustments for:

Exceptional items 
Current tax related to exceptional items at 28%  
(Gains)/losses on financial instruments 
Deferred tax 

Earnings for the purpose of adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share 

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

249.2 

(57.8)

49.7 
(5.6) 
(45.7) 
42.2 

18.9
(1.8)
87.0
171.5

289.8 

217.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

81

2010 
£m 

63.3 
10.3 
(0.2) 
(2.8) 

70.6 

2009
£m

50.2
–
–
13.1

63.3

16  Goodwill

Cost and net book value
At 1 April 
Additions 
Amounts written off 
Exchange adjustments 

At 31 March 

Goodwill impairment tests
Goodwill is allocated to the group’s cash generating units (CGUs) identified according to country of operation and business segment.

A summary of the goodwill allocation by CGU is presented below:

Severn Trent Services
Water Purification US 
Contract Operations US 
UK Services 
UK Laboratories 
Services Italy 
Apliclor 

2010 
£m 

27.8 
12.5 
– 
12.0 
8.0 
10.3 

70.6 

2009
£m

29.4
13.1
0.2
12.0
8.6
–

63.3

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined using value in use calculations. These calculations use cash flow projections 
based on financial budgets approved by management covering a five year period. The key assumption underlying these budgets is 
the revenue growth. Assumptions are determined by management of each CGU based on past experience, current market trends 
and expectations of future developments.

Cash flows beyond the five year period are extrapolated using an estimated nominal growth rate stated below. The growth rate 
does not exceed the long term average growth rate for the economy in which the CGU operates. The assumptions used in relation 
to growth rates beyond the five year period and discount rates were:

Water Purification US 
Contract Operations US 
UK Laboratories 
Services Italy 
Apliclor 

Nominal growth rate 

Discount rate

2010 
% 

3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
3.0 

2009 
% 

3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
– 

2010 
% 

7.8 
8.9 
8.9 
10.1 
10.0 

2009
%

8.7
9.2
9.5
11.7
–

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

The weighted average growth rates used are consistent with the forecasts included in industry reports. The discount rates used 
are pre-tax and reflect specific risks relating to the CGU.

Changes in the growth rate outside the five year period or in the discount rate applied to the cash flows could cause the CGUs’ 
carrying amounts to exceed their recoverable amounts. The amount by which the recoverable amount of each CGU exceeded its 
carrying value and the amount by which the growth rate or discount rate would have to change in order to reduce the recoverable 
amount of the CGU to its carrying value is set out below.

Severn Trent Services
Water Purification US 
Contract Operations US 
UK Laboratories 
Services Italy 
Apliclor 

Surplus of
recoverable

Change required for 
recoverable amount to
equal carrying amount

  amount over  Growth rate  Discount rate 
Percentage 
 carrying amount  Percentage 
points
points 

£m 

250.5 
25.6 
5.0 
17.3 
12.5 

(31.9) 
(5.4) 
(0.8) 
(5.3) 
(6.3) 

13.4 
3.7
0.9
3.6
3.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

17  Intangible assets

Cost 
At 1 April 2008 
Additions 
Disposals 
Transfers 
Transfers to assets held for sale 
Exchange adjustments 

At 1 April 2009 
Additions 
Acquisitions of businesses 
Disposals 
Disposal of businesses 
Transfers 
Exchange adjustments 

At 31 March 2010 

Amortisation
At 1 April 2008 
Amortisation for year 
Disposals 
Transfers 
Transfers to assets held for sale 
Exchange adjustments 

At 1 April 2009 
Amortisations for the year 
Exceptional impairment 
Disposals 
Disposal of businesses 
Exchange adjustments 

At 31 March 2010 

Net book value 
At 31 March 2010 

At 31 March 2009 

Other assets primarily comprise capitalised development costs and patents.

Computer software 

Other

Internally 
generated 
£m 

Purchased 
£m 

Internally
generated 
£m 

99.6 
12.6 
(8.0) 
– 
– 
0.1 

104.3 
13.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

145.3 
20.8 
(14.9) 
2.9 
– 
0.8 

154.9 
31.5 
0.3 
(1.2) 
(0.1) 
0.1 
(0.2) 

19.8 
0.7 
– 
(2.9) 
(0.5) 
1.6 

18.7 
3.1 
– 
– 
(0.1) 
0.4 
(0.3) 

Total 
£m

264.7
34.1
(22.9)
–
(0.5)
2.5

277.9
47.7
0.3
(1.2)
(0.2)
0.5
(0.5)

117.4 

185.3 

21.8 

324.5

(61.9) 
(8.4) 
8.0 
– 
– 
0.3 

(62.0) 
(9.1) 
(2.3) 
– 
– 
– 

(84.4) 
(14.6) 
16.3 
(1.3) 
– 
(0.1) 

(84.1) 
(14.7) 
(3.5) 
1.1 
0.1 
0.2 

(11.2) 
(1.2) 
1.0 
1.3 
0.3 
(0.7) 

(10.5) 
(1.4) 
– 
– 
0.1 
0.1 

(157.5)
(24.2)
25.3
–
0.3
(0.5)

(156.6)
(25.2)
(5.8)
1.1
0.2
0.3

(73.4) 

(100.9) 

(11.7) 

(186.0)

44.0 

42.3 

84.4 

70.8 

10.1 

138.5

8.2 

121.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

83

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

Infrastructure 
assets 
£m 

Fixed plant 
and 
equipment 
£m 

Movable 
plant 
£m 

2,188.0 
146.1 
(5.4) 
(0.3) 
1.6 

2,330.0 
162.2 
0.3 
(7.4) 
– 
(1.4) 
(0.4) 

3,880.7 
61.5 
– 
– 
– 

3,942.2 
78.7 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2,685.5 
257.0 
(45.3) 
(3.3) 
8.2 

2,902.1 
269.6 
0.9 
(22.0) 
(0.3) 
1.0 
(1.7) 

57.0 
9.3 
(9.5) 
– 
3.6 

60.4 
10.4 
– 
(10.0) 
– 
(0.1) 
(0.7) 

Total 
£m

8,811.2
473.9
(60.2)
(3.6)
13.4

9,234.7
520.9
1.2
(39.4)
(0.3)
(0.5)
(2.8)

2,483.3 

4,020.9 

3,149.6 

60.0 

9,713.8

(682.1) 
(48.6) 
5.5 
0.3 
(0.9) 

(725.8) 
(51.7) 
– 
– 
7.3 
0.9 
0.2 

(1,020.3) 
(19.9) 
– 
– 
– 

(1,040.2) 
(25.7) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(1,349.0) 
(147.7) 
42.0 
2.5 
(5.3) 

(1,457.5) 
(150.3) 
(0.8) 
(0.7) 
21.7 
(1.0) 
1.2 

(28.6) 
(7.5) 
7.4 
– 
(2.4) 

(31.1) 
(8.4) 
– 
– 
8.0 
0.1 
0.5 

(3,080.0)
(223.7)
54.9
2.8
(8.6)

(3,254.6)
(236.1)
(0.8)
(0.7)
37.0
–
1.9

(769.1) 

(1,065.9) 

(1,587.4) 

(30.9) 

(3,453.3)

1,714.2 

2,955.0 

1,562.2 

29.1 

6,260.5

1,604.2 

2,902.0 

1,444.6 

29.3 

5,980.1

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

18  Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 April 2008 
Additions 
Disposals 
Transfers to assets held for sale 
Exchange adjustments 

At 1 April 2009 
Additions 
Acquisition of businesses 
Disposals 
Disposal of businesses 
Transfers 
Exchange adjustments 

At 31 March 2010 

Depreciation 
At 1 April 2008 
Charge for year 
Disposals 
Transfers to assets held for sale 
Exchange adjustments 

At 1 April 2009 
Charge for year 
Exceptional impairment 
Acquisition of businesses 
Disposals 
Transfers 
Exchange adjustments 

At 31 March 2010 

Net book value 
At 31 March 2010 

At 31 March 2009 

The carrying amount of property, plant and equipment includes the following amounts in respect of assets held under finance leases:

Net book value 
At 31 March 2010 

At 31 March 2009 

Land and  Infrastructure 
assets 
buildings 
£m 
£m 

Fixed plant 
and 
equipment 
£m 

Movable 
plant 
£m 

– 

– 

121.1 

116.4 

122.1 

140.9 

– 

– 

Total 
£m

237.5

263.0

Property, plant and equipment includes £459.6 million (2009: £571.8 million) in respect of assets in the course of construction for 
which no depreciation is charged.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

19  Interests in joint ventures

Group’s share of: 
Long term assets 
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Amounts due from joint ventures 

Group’s share of:
Turnover 
Operating costs 

Profit before tax 
Tax 

Profit after tax 

2010 
£m 

– 
1.8 
(1.5) 
– 

0.3 

4.7 
(4.7) 

– 
– 

– 

2009
£m

–
2.0
(1.7)
–

0.3

1.6
(1.6)

–
–

–

The joint ventures have no significant contingent liabilities to which the group is exposed and the group does not have any 
significant contingent liabilities in relation to its interests in the joint ventures. The group has no capital commitments in relation to 
its interests in the joint ventures.

Particulars of the group’s principal joint venture undertakings at 31 March 2010 are:

Name 

Cognica Limited 
Jackson Water Partnership 

Country of  Proportion of  Proportion of 
ownership  voting power

incorporation 

 Great Britain 
USA 

50% 
50%
70%  See below

The partnership agreement for the Jackson Water Partnership requires that certain key decisions require the unanimous consent 
of the partners and consequently the partnership has been accounted for as a joint venture.

20  Interests in associates

At 1 April 
Share of profits 
Other movements 

At 31 March 

Group’s share of:
Total assets 
Total liabilities 

Turnover 

Profit before tax 

2010 
£m 

4.8 
0.1 
(0.3) 

4.6 

2009
£m

4.1
–
0.7

4.8

25.6 
(21.0) 

26.4
(21.6)

4.6 

8.0 

0.1 

4.8

7.0

–

The associate company has no significant contingent liabilities to which the group is exposed. The group has given guarantees in 
respect of the associate’s borrowings. The guarantees are limited to €11.2 million and the group does not expect any liabilities to 
arise from these arrangements. The group has no capital commitments in relation to its interests in the associate.

The principal associate at 31 March 2010 was:

Name 

Equity 
interest 

Percentage 
of share 
capital held 

Nature of 
business

S.I.I. Societa Consortile per Azioni 

16,279,127 of €1 

30%  Water and sewerage

The country of incorporation and main operation is Italy.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

85

21  Financial instruments
a)  Capital management
It is the group’s policy to access a broad range of sources of finance to obtain both the quantum required and the lowest cost 
compatible with the need for continued availability. The group is funded using a mixture of equity and debt (including fixed rate, 
index linked and floating rate).

At 31 March the group’s equity and debt capital comprised the following:

Cash and short term deposits 
Bank loans 
Other loans 
Obligations under finance leases 
Cross currency swaps 

Net debt 
Equity attributable to the company’s equity shareholders 

Total capital 

b)  Categories of financial assets

Fair value through profit and loss 
Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting 

Interest rate swaps 

Derivatives that are designated and effective as hedging instruments carried at fair value 

Cross currency swaps 

Available for sale investments carried at fair value 

Unquoted shares 

Loans and receivables (including cash and cash equivalents) 

Trade receivables 
Short term deposits 
Cash at bank and in hand 

Total financial assets 

Disclosed in the balance sheet as: 
Non-current assets 

Derivative financial instruments 
Available for sale financial assets 

Current assets 

Derivative financial instruments 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables (note 23) 

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

227.8 
(689.8) 
(3,185.9) 
(300.8) 
187.3 

648.1
(789.8)
(3,310.9)
(344.4)
237.1

(3,761.4) 
(940.7) 

(3,559.9)
(946.1)

(4,702.1) 

(4,506.0)

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

19.4 

18.1

187.3 

237.1

0.1 

0.1

196.6 
183.7 
44.1 

201.1
586.5
61.6

424.4 

849.2

631.2 

1,104.5

203.8 
0.1 

225.4
0.1

203.9 

225.5

2.9 
227.8 
196.6 

29.8
648.1
201.1

427.3 

879.0

631.2 

1,104.5

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

21  Financial instruments (continued)
c)  Categories of financial liabilities

Fair value through profit and loss 
Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting 

Interest rate swaps 
Foreign exchange forward contracts 

Derivatives that are designated and effective as hedging instruments carried at fair value 

Interest rate swaps 
Energy swaps 

Other financial liabilities 

Bank loans 
Other loans 
Obligations under finance leases 
Trade payables 

Total financial liabilities 

Disclosed in the balance sheet as: 
Non-current liabilities 

Derivative financial instruments 
Borrowings 

Current liabilities 

Derivative financial instruments 
Borrowings 
Trade payables (note 26) 

d)  Derivative contracts

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m

(125.4) 
– 

(162.0)
(0.4)

(125.4) 

(162.4)

(9.5) 
(9.8) 

(19.3) 

(9.6)
–

(9.6)

(689.8) 
(3,185.9) 
(300.8) 
(28.4) 

(789.8)
(3,310.9)
(344.4)
(46.3)

(4,204.9) 

(4,491.4)

(4,349.6) 

(4,663.4)

(140.3) 
(3,915.6) 

(171.6)
(4,188.9)

(4,055.9) 

(4,360.5)

(4.4) 
(260.9) 
(28.4) 

(0.4)
(256.2)
(46.3)

(293.7) 

(302.9)

(4,349.6) 

(4,663.4)

Cross currency swaps – fair value hedges 
Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges 
Energy swaps – cash flow hedges 
Interest rate swaps – derivatives not in a formal hedge relationship 
Foreign exchange forward contracts 

Total 

Less non-current portion:
Cross currency swaps – fair value hedges 
Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges 
Energy swaps – cash flow hedges 
Interest rate swaps – derivatives not in a formal hedge relationship 

Total non-current 

Current portion 

Asset 
£m 

187.3 
– 
– 
19.4 
– 

2010 

Liability 
£m 

– 
(9.5) 
(9.8) 
(125.4) 
– 

Asset 
£m 

237.1 
– 
– 
18.1 
– 

2009

Liability
£m

–
(9.6)
–
(162.0)
(0.4)

206.7 

(144.7) 

255.2 

(172.0)

184.5 
– 
– 
19.3 

– 
(9.5) 
(9.7) 
(121.1) 

207.3 
– 
– 
18.1 

–
(9.6)
–
(162.0)

203.8 

(140.3) 

225.4 

(171.6)

2.9 

(4.4) 

29.8 

(0.4)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

87

21  Financial instruments (continued)
e)  Fair values of financial instruments
Except as disclosed below, the directors consider that the carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities recorded in the 
financial statements approximate their fair values.

Borrowings falling due within one year: 
Bank loans – amortised cost 
Other loans – amortised cost 
Other loans – fair value 
Obligations under finance leases – amortised cost 

Borrowings falling due after more than one year: 
Bank loans – amortised cost 
Other loans – amortised cost 
Other loans – fair value 
Obligations under finance leases – amortised cost 

31 March 2010 

31 March 2009

(restated)

  Book value 
£m 

Fair value 
£m 

Book value 
£m 

Fair value
£m

(201.2) 
(1.8) 
(10.6) 
(47.3) 

(201.2) 
(1.8) 
(10.6) 
(48.9) 

(100.0) 
(1.4) 
(111.4) 
(43.4) 

(102.0)
–
(111.4)
(63.0)

(260.9) 

(262.5) 

(256.2) 

(276.4)

(488.6) 
(2,016.6) 
(1,156.9) 
(253.5) 

(477.9) 
(2,159.2) 
(1,156.9) 
(211.4) 

(689.8) 
(2,004.0) 
(1,194.1) 
(301.0) 

(652.8)
(1,814.3)
(1,194.1)
(308.7)

(3,915.6) 

(4,005.4) 

(4,188.9) 

(3,969.9)

(4,176.5) 

(4,267.9) 

(4,445.1) 

(4,246.3)

Discounted future cash flows are used to determine fair values for debt. Discount rates are derived from yield curves based on 
quoted interest rates and are adjusted for credit risk.

The fair value of group borrowings disclosed at 31 March 2009 has been restated to reflect a change in methodology of estimating 
the fair value to include an adjustment for the pricing of the group’s credit risk. The impact of the change was to reduce the 
estimated fair value of borrowings at 31 March 2009 by £1,004.4 million.

Fair value measurements recognised in the balance sheet
The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, 
grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets  
and liabilities;

Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are 
observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are 
not based on observable market data.

The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows estimated and discounted 
based on the applicable yield curves derived from quoted interest rates.

Cross currency swaps are valued by reference to quoted forward exchange rates at the balance sheet date and yield curves 
derived from quoted interest rates matching the maturities of the contracts. 

Energy swaps are valued by reference to quoted forward electricity prices at the balance sheet date and yield curves derived from 
quoted interest rates matching the maturities of the contracts. 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

21  Financial instruments (continued)
e)  Fair values of financial instruments (continued)

2010 

Derivative financial assets 
Cross currency swaps – fair value hedges 
Interest rate swaps – derivatives not in designated hedging relationships 

Derivative financial liabilities 
Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges 
Interest rate swaps – derivatives not in designated hedging relationships 
Energy swaps – cash flow hedges 

Level 1 
£m 

Level 2 
£m 

Level 3 
£m 

Total
£m

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

187.3 
19.4 

206.7 

(9.5) 
(125.4) 
(9.8) 

(144.7) 

62.0 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

187.3
19.4

206.7

(9.5)
(129.4)
(9.8)

(144.7)

62.0

f)  Financial risk factors
The group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency and interest rate risk), mainly credit 
risk, liquidity risk and inflation risk. The group’s overall risk management programme addresses the unpredictability of financial 
markets and seeks to reduce potential adverse effects on the group’s financial performance or position.

Financial risks are managed by a central treasury department (Group Treasury) under policies approved by the board of directors. 
Group Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close co-operation with the group’s operating units. The board 
provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas such as exchange rate 
risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, the use of derivative and non-derivative financial instruments. Derivative financial instruments are 
used to hedge exposures to changes in exchange rates and interest rates. The group’s policy is that derivative financial 
instruments are not held for trading.

i)  Market risk
The principal market risk that the group is exposed to is fluctuations in interest rates. Since substantially all of the group’s profits 
and net assets arise from Severn Trent Water, which has very limited and indirect exposure to changes in exchange rates, the 
sensitivity of the group’s results to changes in exchange rates is not material.

Interest rate risk
The group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates.

The group’s interest rate risk arises from long term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the group to cash flow 
interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the group to fair value interest rate risk. Group policy is to maintain  
45–90% of its net debt in fixed rate instruments. At 31 March 2010 some 82.4%, of the group’s net debt was fixed (2009: 87.6%).

The group manages its cash flow interest rate risk by using floating to fixed interest rate swaps. Such interest rate swaps have the 
economic effect of converting borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. Under the terms of the interest rate swaps, the group 
agrees with other parties to exchange, biannually, the difference between fixed contract and floating rate interest rates calculated 
by reference to the agreed notional principal amounts. The group has entered into a series of long dated interest rate swaps to 
hedge future debt. Economically these act to fix debt within the group which is denominated as floating rate, but do not achieve 
hedge accounting under the strict criteria of IAS 39. This has led to a £41.9 million credit (2009: charge of £80.5 million) in the 
income statement.

Some of the group’s debt is index-linked, that is its cost is linked to changes in the Retail Price Index (RPI). This debt provides an 
economic hedge for Severn Trent Water’s revenues and regulatory asset values that are also RPI linked under its regulatory regime.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

89

21  Financial instruments (continued)
f)  Financial risk factors (continued)
Financial liabilities analysed by interest rate after taking account of various interest rate swaps entered into by the group

2010 

Bank loans and overdrafts 
Other loans 
Finance leases 
Other financial liabilities 

Non- 
interest 
bearing 
£m 

– 
– 
– 
(28.5) 

Floating 
interest 
rate 
£m 

Fixed 
interest 
rate 
£m 

Index 
linked 
£m 

Total 
£m

(544.2) 
(247.5) 
(141.8) 
– 

– 
(2,029.9) 
(159.0) 
– 

(145.6) 
(908.5) 
– 
– 

(689.8)
(3,185.9)
(300.8)
(28.5)

(28.5) 

(933.5) 

(2,188.9) 

(1,054.1) 

(4,205.0)

Impact of interest rate swaps not matched against specific debt instruments 

– 

835.0 

(835.0) 

– 

–

Weighted average interest rate 
Weighted average period for which interest is fixed (years)  

2009 

Bank loans and overdrafts 
Other loans 
Finance leases 
Other financial liabilities 

Impact of interest rate swaps not matched against  
specific debt instruments 

Weighted average interest rate 
Weighted average period for which interest is fixed (years)  

Financial assets analysed by interest rates

2010 

Available for sale financial assets 
Loans and receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

2009 

Available for sale financial assets 
Loans and receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

(28.5) 

(98.5) 

(3,023.9) 

(1,054.1) 

(4,205.0)

5.88% 
10.9 

Fixed 
interest 
rate 
£m 

Index 
linked 
£m 

Total 
£m

(140.5) 
(2,089.4) 
(168.8) 
– 

(147.8) 
(892.9) 
– 
– 

(789.8)
(3,310.9)
(344.4)
(46.3)

Non- 
interest 
bearing 
£m 

– 
– 
– 
(46.3) 

Floating 
interest 
rate 
£m 

(501.5) 
(328.6) 
(175.6) 
– 

(46.3) 

(1,005.7) 

(2,398.7) 

(1,040.7) 

(4,491.4)

– 

720.7 

(720.7) 

– 

–

(46.3) 

(285.0) 

(3,119.4) 

(1,040.7) 

(4,491.4)

5.90% 
12.1 

Fixed 
interest 
rate 
£m 

– 
– 
– 

– 

Fixed 
interest 
rate 
£m 

– 
– 
– 

– 

  Non-interest 
bearing 
assets 
£m 

0.1 
196.6 
– 

196.7 

  Non-interest 
bearing 

£m 

0.1 
201.1 
– 

201.1 

Floating 
interest 
rate 
£m 

– 
– 
227.8 

227.8 

Floating 
interest 
rate 
£m 

– 
– 
648.1 

648.1 

Index 
linked 
£m 

– 
– 
– 

– 

Index 
linked 
£m 

– 
– 
– 

– 

Total 
£m

0.1
196.6
227.8

424.5

Total 
£m

0.1
201.1
648.1

849.3

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

21  Financial instruments (continued)
f)  Financial risk factors (continued)
Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity after tax of the group’s profits, cash flow and equity, including the impact on derivative financial instruments, to 
changes in interest rates at 31 March is as follows:

Profit or loss 

Cash flow 

Equity 

£m 

+1.0% 

(39.2) 

2010 

£m 

-1.0% 

48.4 

£m 

+1.0% 

(65.8) 

18.7 

(14.9) 

(15.1) 

(34.3) 

44.0 

(67.2) 

2009

£m

-1.0%

78.8

14.0

80.3

Inflation rate sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity after tax of the group’s profits and equity to changes in inflation at 31 March is set out in the following table. This 
analysis excludes any impact on Severn Trent Water’s revenues and Regulated Capital Value.

Profit or loss 

Equity 

£m 

+1.0% 

(7.6) 

(7.6) 

2010 

£m 

-1.0% 

7.6 

7.6 

£m 

+1.0% 

(7.5) 

(7.5) 

2009

£m

-1.0%

7.5

7.5

Exchange rate risk
The group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from net investments in foreign operations, 
primarily with respect to the US dollar and the euro. However, since substantially all of the group’s profits and net assets arise from 
Severn Trent Water, which has very limited and indirect exposure to changes in exchange rates, the sensitivity of the group’s 
results to changes in exchange rates is not material.

The group has a significant value of foreign currency debt, primarily in yen and euros. To manage the foreign exchange risk arising 
from foreign currency debt the group enters into cross currency swaps with external parties.

The group’s risk management policy is to hedge 100% of all foreign currency denominated debt. At 31 March 2010 all foreign 
currency denominated debt was hedged (2009: 100%).

Monetary assets and liabilities by currency, excluding functional currency
Certain of the group’s subsidiaries operate in markets where the local currency is different from the functional currency of the 
operation. Exchange risks relating to such operations are managed centrally by Group Treasury through forward exchange 
contracts to buy or sell currency. External foreign exchange contracts are designated at group level as hedges of foreign exchange 
risk on specific assets, liabilities or future transactions on a gross basis. The net amount of foreign currency assets and liabilities 
and the forward contracts that have been taken out to hedge the exchange risks on these assets and liabilities and on future 
committed transactions are summarised below.

2010 

Functional currency of operation
Sterling 

Total 

2009 

Functional currency of operation
Sterling 
Euro 

Total 

US dollar 
£m 

Euro 
£m 

Other 
£m 

Total 
£m

0.6 

0.6 

US Dollar 
£m 

– 
28.4 

28.4 

0.1 

(0.1) 

Euro 
£m 

(0.6) 
– 

(0.6) 

0.1 

0.1 

Other 
£m 

– 
– 

– 

0.8

0.8

Total 
£m

(0.6)
28.4

27.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

91

21  Financial instruments (continued)
f)  Financial risk factors (continued)
The group’s borrowings are denominated in the following currencies after taking account of cross currency swaps

Sterling 
Euro 

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

(4,175.3) 
(1.2) 

(4,442.7)
(2.4)

(4,176.5) 

(4,445.1)

The euro denominated borrowings relate to operations in which the euro is the functional currency.

ii) Credit risk
Operationally the group has no significant concentrations of credit risk. It has policies in place to ensure that sales of products are 
made to customers with an appropriate credit history, other than in Severn Trent Water Limited, whose operating licence obliges it 
to supply domestic customers even in cases where bills are not paid. Amounts provided against accounts receivable and 
movements on the provision during the year are disclosed in note 23.

For financing purposes, derivative counterparties and cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The 
group has policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution.

Credit risk analysis
At 31 March the credit limits and amounts deposited analysed by credit ratings of counterparties were as follows:

Rating 

AAA 
Double A range 
Single A range 

Credit limit 

Amount deposited 

2010 
£m 

300.0 
450.0 
525.0 

2009 
£m 

400.0 
525.0 
375.0 

2010 
£m 

35.5 
89.6 
58.6 

1,275.0 

1,300.0 

183.7 

2009
£m

219.8
112.9
253.8

586.5

The amounts of derivative assets analysed by credit ratings of counterparties were as follows:

Rating 

AAA 
Double A range 
Single A range 

Cross currency swaps 

2010 
£m 

– 
71.4 
115.9 

187.3 

2009 
£m 

– 
55.0 
182.1 

237.1 

Interest rate swaps 
not qualifying for 
hedge accounting

2010 
£m 

– 
19.4 
– 

19.4 

2009
£m

–
18.1
–

18.1

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

iii)  Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash balances and the availability of funding through an adequate 
amount of committed credit facilities and the ability to close out market positions. Group Treasury manages liquidity and flexibility in 
funding by monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and the maturity profile of financial assets and liabilities and by keeping 
committed credit lines available.

At the balance sheet date the group had committed undrawn borrowing facilities of £191.7 million expiring between one and two 
years (2009: £ nil) and £458.3 million (2009: £500 million) expiring between two and five years.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

21  Financial instruments (continued)
f)  Financial risk factors (continued)
Financial liabilities analysed by maturity date
The following tables detail the group’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative net financial liabilities. The information 
presented is based on the earliest date on which the group can be required to pay and represents the undiscounted cash flow 
including principal and interest.

2010 

Financial liabilities 
Bank loans 
Other loans 
Finance leases 
Other financial liabilities 

Financial assets
Trade receivables 
Cash and short term deposits 

Net 

2009 

Financial liabilities 
Bank loans 
Other loans 
Finance leases 
Other financial liabilities 

Total 

Financial assets
Trade and receivables 
Cash and short term deposits 

within 
one year 
£m 

between 
one and 
two years 
£m 

between 
two and 
five years 
£m 

between 
five and 

between 
ten and 
ten years  twenty years 
£m 

£m 

after more 
than twenty  
years 
£m 

Total 
£m

(206.0) 
(142.4) 
(56.2) 
(28.4) 

(10.4) 
(142.2) 
(21.2) 
– 

(212.7) 
(743.7) 
(78.8) 
– 

(341.9) 
(1,444.8) 
(101.5) 
– 

(43.1) 
(1,680.0) 
(95.8) 
– 

(43.1) 
(5,320.7) 
(32.0) 
– 

(857.2)
(9,473.8)
(385.5)
(28.4)

(433.0) 

(173.8) 

(1,035.2) 

(1,888.2) 

(1,818.9) 

(5,395.8) 

(10,744.9)

196.6 
227.8 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

196.6
227.8

(8.6) 

(173.8) 

(1,035.2) 

(1,888.2) 

(1,818.9) 

(5,395.8)  (10,320.5)

within 
one year 
£m 

between 
one and 
two years 
£m 

between 
two and 
five years 
£m 

between 
five and 
ten years 
£m 

between 
ten and 
twenty years 
£m 

after more 
than twenty  
years 
£m 

Total 
£m

(122.9) 
(220.9) 
(56.0) 
(46.3) 

(17.2) 
(144.3) 
(58.6) 
– 

(432.1) 
(488.2) 
(77.3) 
– 

(350.9) 
(2,200.3) 
(132.9) 
– 

(46.8) 
(1,232.7) 
(106.1) 
– 

– 
(4,804.7) 
– 
– 

(969.9)
(9,091.1)
(478.2)
(46.3)

(446.1) 

(220.1) 

(997.6) 

(2,684.1) 

(1,385.6) 

(4,852.0)  (10,585.5)

201.1 
648.1 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

201.1
648.1

Net 

403.1 

(220.1) 

(997.6) 

(2,684.1) 

(1,385.6) 

(4,852.0) 

(9,736.3)

Other loans includes index linked debt with maturities of up to 57 years. The principal is revalued at fixed intervals and is linked to 
movements in the retail price index. Interest payments are made biannually based on the revalued principal. The principal repayment 
equals the revalued amount at maturity. The calculations above are based on forward inflation rates at the balance sheet date.

When the group entered into a £200 million facility it gave certain representations which have subsequently been discovered to be 
inaccurate. As a result, at 31 March 2010 there was an event of default on this facility and the outstanding amount of £200 million 
has been classified as current liabilities. This technical default was in the process of being remedied on 27 May 2010.

The following tables detail the group’s liquidity analysis for its derivative financial instruments. The tables are based on the 
undiscounted net cash inflows/(outflows) on the derivative financial instruments that settle on a net basis and the undiscounted 
gross inflows and (outflows) on those derivatives that require gross settlement. When the amount payable or receivable is not 
fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined by reference to the projected interest and foreign currency rates as illustrated by 
the forward curves existing at the balance sheet date.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

93

21  Financial instruments (continued)
f)  Financial risk factors (continued)

  Financial assets falling due

2010 

Instruments settled net 
Interest rate swaps 
Instruments settled gross 
Cross currency swaps 
Cash receipts 
Cash payments 

Net cash flow 

Total 

2010 

Instruments settled net 
Interest rate swaps 
Energy swaps 

Instruments settled gross 
Cross currency swaps 
Cash receipts 
Cash payments 

Net cash flow 

Total 

2009 

Instruments settled net 
Interest rate swaps 
Instruments settled gross 
Cross currency swaps 
Cash receipts 
Cash payments 

Net cash flow 

Total 

within 
one year 
£m 

between 
one and 
two years 
£m 

between 
two and 
five years 
£m 

between 
five and 

between 
ten and 
ten years  twenty years 
£m 

£m 

after more 
than twenty  
years 
£m 

Total 
£m

8.0 

6.0 

5.5 

0.3 

– 

– 

19.8

51.9 
(33.0) 

48.2 
(43.3) 

303.7 
(244.2) 

753.7 
(630.9) 

56.7 
(38.7) 

128.9 
(60.7) 

1,343.1
(1,050.8)

18.9 

26.9 

4.9 

59.5 

122.8 

10.9 

65.0 

123.1 

18.0 

18.0 

68.2 

292.3

68.2 

312.1

  Financial liabilities falling due

within  
one year 
£m 

between 
one and 
two years 
£m 

between 
two and 
five years 
£m 

between 
five and 

between 
ten and 
ten years  twenty years 
£m 

£m 

after more 
than twenty 
years 
£m 

Total 
£m

(44.5) 
(0.1) 

(30.4) 
(0.6) 

(45.4) 
(8.7) 

(26.1) 
(1.0) 

(33.4) 
– 

(15.8) 
– 

(195.6)
(10.4)

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

–
–

–

(44.6) 

(31.0) 

(54.1) 

(27.1) 

(33.4) 

(15.8) 

(206.0)

within 
one year 
£m 

between 
one and  
two years 
£m 

between 
two and 
five years 
£m 

between 
five and 
ten years 
£m 

between 
ten and 
twenty years 
£m 

after more 
than twenty 
years 
£m 

Total 
£m

  Financial assets falling due

6.3 

5.4 

6.1 

1.8 

– 

– 

19.6

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

156.7 
(121.5) 

54.3 
(47.3) 

221.0 
(194.8) 

914.6 
(733.3) 

55.9 
(43.7) 

159.1 
(69.4) 

1,561.6
(1,210.0)

35.2 

41.5 

7.0 

12.4 

26.2 

32.3 

181.3 

183.1 

12.2 

12.2 

89.7 

89.7 

351.6

371.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

21  Financial instruments (continued)
f)  Financial risk factors (continued)

2009 

Instruments settled net 
Interest rate swaps 
Instruments settled gross 
Cross currency swaps 
Cash receipts 
Cash payments 

within 
one year 
£m 

between 
one and 
two years 
£m 

between 
two and 
five years 
£m 

between 
five and 
ten years 
£m 

between 
ten and 
twenty years 
£m 

after more 
than 
twenty years 
£m 

Total 
£m

  Financial liabilities falling due

(33.7) 

(31.7) 

(39.0) 

(3.6) 

(66.8) 

(42.5) 

(217.3)

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

–
–

–

Total 

(33.7) 

(31.7) 

(39.0) 

(3.6) 

(66.8) 

(42.5) 

(217.3)

g)  Hedge accounting
The group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in exchange rates and interest rates. Hedge 
accounting is adopted for such instruments where the criteria set out in IAS 39 are met.

i)  Fair value hedges
The group raises debt denominated in currencies other than sterling – principally Japanese yen and euro. Cross currency swaps 
are entered into at the time that the debt is drawn down to swap the proceeds into sterling debt bearing interest based on LIBOR in 
order to mitigate the group’s exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. The terms of the receivable leg of the swap closely match the 
terms of the underlying debt hence the swaps are expected to be effective hedges. At the year end the amounts of cross currency 
swaps designated as fair value hedges was as follows:

US dollar 
Euro 
Yen 
Czech krona 
Other 

Notional 
principal amount 

2010 
£m 

27.0 
548.0 
161.0 
47.2 
– 

2009 
£m 

27.0 
550.0 
205.9 
65.7 
11.4 

2010 
£m 

7.7 
90.2 
66.9 
22.5 
– 

783.2 

860.0 

187.3 

Fair value

2009
£m

9.9
108.9
85.7
25.6
7.0

237.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

95

21  Financial instruments (continued)
g)  Hedge accounting (continued)

ii)  Cash flow hedges
The group has entered into interest rate swap contracts under which it has agreed to exchange the difference between fixed and 
floating interest rate amounts calculated on agreed notional principal amounts. Such contracts enable the group to mitigate the risk 
of changing interest rates on the future cash flow exposures arising from issued variable rate debt. The group also entered into a 
number of interest rate swap contracts with start dates set at annual intervals throughout the regulatory period. Such contracts 
enable the group to mitigate the risk of changing interest rates on debt which is highly probable to be issued over the AMP5 period 
to fund Severn Trent Water’s capital programme and have been accounted for as cash flow hedges. 

The interest rate swaps settle net on a biannual basis. The floating rate on the interest rate swaps is six months LIBOR.

Details of interest rate swaps that have been accounted for as cash flow hedges are summarised below:

Period to maturity 

Less than 1 year 
1 to 2 years 
2 to 5 years 
5 to 10 years 
10 to 20 years 
More than 20 years 

Average contract 
fixed interest rate 

Notional 
principal amount 

Fair value

2010 
% 

– 
– 
– 
– 
5.07 
– 

2009 
% 

– 
4.74 
– 
– 
5.18 
– 

2010 
£m 

– 
– 
– 
– 
493.0 
– 

2009 
£m 

– 
106.0 
– 
– 
40.5 
– 

493.0 

146.5 

2010 
£m 

–
– 
– 
– 
(9.5) 
– 

(9.5) 

2009
£m

(3.3)
–
–
(6.3)
–

(9.6)

The group has entered into a series of energy swaps under which it has agreed to exchange the difference between fixed and 
market prices of electricity at six-monthly intervals between 2013 and 2024.

Details of energy swaps that have been accounted for as cash flow hedges are summarised below:

Period to maturity 

Less than 1 year 
1 to 2 years 
2 to 5 years 

Average 
  contract price 

Notional 
contracted amount 

2010 
£/MWh 

35.6 
43.9 
52.4 

2009 
£/MWh 

2010 
MWh 

2009 
MWh 

65,520 
– 
196,560 
– 
–  1,275,456 

  1,537,536 

– 
– 
– 

– 

Changes in the amounts deferred in equity during the period relating to cash flow hedges were as follows:

Fair value gains deferred in equity at start of the period 
Fair value losses recognised in equity in the period 
Fair value losses transferred to finance costs in the period  

Fair value (losses)/gains deferred in equity at end of the period 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

Fair value

2009
£m

–
–
–

–

2009
£m

6.4
(7.8)
4.9

3.5

2010 
£m 

(0.1) 
(1.0) 
(8.7) 

(9.8) 

2010 
£m 

3.5 
(13.2) 
7.6 

(2.1) 

During the period the group has ceased to account for certain forward start swaps as cash flow hedges because the group was 
not able to identify specific debt instruments that would enable the strict hedge accounting criteria of IAS 39 to be met when the 
swaps started. Fair value losses amounting to £3.5 million relating to these swaps that had been taken directly to equity will be 
transferred to the income statement on a straight line basis over the remaining lives of the swaps. Any future changes in the fair 
values of the swaps will be recorded in the income statement.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

21  Financial instruments (continued)
g)  Hedge accounting (continued)
Details of interest rate swaps that have not been accounted for as cash flow hedges, including those where hedge accounting has 
been discontinued in the period, are summarised below:

Period to maturity 

Less than 1 year 
1 to 2 years 
2 to 5 years 
5 to 10 years 
10 to 20 years 
20 to 30 years 

Average contract 
fixed interest rate 

Notional 
principal amount 

2010 
% 

5.11% 
– 
– 
6.32% 
– 
5.32% 

2009 
% 

– 
5.66% 
– 
6.32% 
– 
5.65% 

2010 
£m 

355.0 
– 
– 
225.0 
– 
455.0 

2009 
£m 

– 
249.0 
– 
225.0 
– 
446.7 

Fair value

2009
£m

–
(18.6)
–
(33.3)
–
(110.1)

2010 
£m 

(4.2) 
– 
– 
(38.6) 
– 
(82.6) 

1,035.0 

920.7 

(125.4) 

(162.0)

Contracts where the group receives fixed interest are summarised below:

Period to maturity 

5 to 10 years 

22  Inventory

Inventory and work in progress 

23  Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables 
Less provision for impairment of receivables 

Trade receivables net 
Receivables from related parties 
Other amounts receivable 
Prepayments and accrued income 

Average contract 
fixed interest rate 

Notional 
principal amount 

2010 
% 

5.18 

2009 
% 

5.18 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

200.0 

200.0 

2010 
£m 

19.4 

Fair value

2009
£m

18.1

2010 
£m 

26.5 

2009
£m

30.6

2010 
£m 

288.4 
(91.8) 

196.6 
0.2 
42.4 
233.6 

472.8 

2009
£m

294.1
(93.0)

201.1
0.2
18.4
227.4

447.1

The carrying values of trade and other receivables are reasonable approximations of their fair values.

Prepayments and accrued income include £26.2 million (2009: £24.2 million) in respect of amounts due from customers for 
contract work and £43.0 million (2009: £44.2 million) which is recoverable after more than one year.

Credit control policies and procedures are determined at the individual business unit level. By far the most significant business unit 
of the group is Severn Trent Water Limited, which represents 81% of group turnover and 62% of trade receivables. Severn Trent 
Water has a statutory obligation to provide water and sewerage services to customers within its region. Therefore there is no 
concentration of credit risk with respect to its trade receivables and the credit quality of its customer base reflects the wealth and 
prosperity of all of the commercial businesses and domestic households within its region. None of the other business units are 
individually significant to the group.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

97

23  Trade and other receivables (continued)
Movements on the doubtful debts provision were as follows:

At 1 April 
Amounts written off during the year 
Charge for bad and doubtful debts 
Exchange adjustments 

At 31 March 

2010 
£m 

93.0 
(36.3) 
35.2 
(0.1) 

91.8 

2009
£m

83.4
(22.9)
31.9
0.6

93.0

Included in trade receivables are balances with a carrying amount of £154.5 million (2009: £165.4 million) which were past due at 
the reporting date but for which no specific provision has been made as the collective impairment recorded against such assets is 
considered to be sufficient allowance for the risk of non-collection of such balances.

The aged analysis of past due receivables that were not individually impaired is as follows:

0 – 90 days 
91 – 365 days 
1 – 2 years 
2 – 3 years 
More than 3 years 

Total 

2010 
£m 

54.1 
74.3 
19.3 
5.9 
0.9 

2009
£m

60.2
67.4
22.2
7.8
7.8

154.5 

165.4

Included in the allowance for doubtful debts are provisions against specific trade receivables amounting to £6.2 million  
(2009: £12.8 million). The age of the impaired receivables was as follows:

0 – 90 days 
91 – 365 days 
1 – 2 years 
2 – 3 years 
More than 3 years 

Total 

24  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand 
Short term bank deposits 

2010 
£m 

0.2 
1.7 
1.2 
0.4 
3.1 

6.6 

2009
£m

0.1
2.6
1.5
0.8
8.7

13.7

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

2010 
£m 

44.1 
183.7 

227.8 

2009
£m

61.6
586.5

648.1

Of the £183.7 million (2009: £586.5 million) of short term bank deposits, £27.4 million (2009: £31.1 million) is held as security deposits 
for self-insurance obligations and is not available for use by the group.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

25  Finance leases
Obligations under finance leases are as follows:

Gross obligations under finance leases 
Less future finance charges 

Present value of lease obligations 

A maturity analysis of gross obligations under finance leases is presented in note 21.

Net obligations under finance leases fall due as follows:

Within one year  

In the second year 
In the third to fifth year inclusive 
After more than five years 

Included in non-current liabilities 

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

385.5 
(84.7) 

478.2
(133.8)

300.8 

344.4

2010 
£m 

47.3 

12.9 
57.3 
183.3 

253.5 

300.8 

2009
£m

43.4

46.9
47.7
206.4

301.0

344.4

The remaining terms of finance leases ranged from 1 to 22 years at 31 March 2010. Interest terms are set at the inception of the  
lease. Leases with capital outstanding of £154.0 million (2009: £168.4 million) bear fixed interest at a weighted average rate of 
5.4% (2009: 5.4%). The lease obligations are secured against the related assets.

There were no contingent rents, escalation clauses or material renewal or purchase options. The terms of the finance leases do 
not impose restrictions on dividend payments, additional debt or further leasing.

26  Trade and other payables

Current liabilities
Trade payables 
Social security and other taxes 
Other payables 
Accruals and deferred income 

Non-current liabilities
Other payables 
Deferred income 
Accrued expenses 

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

28.4 
6.0 
34.9 
394.9 

464.2 

0.3 
239.3 
4.0 

243.6 

46.3
6.1
34.9
355.4

442.7

0.2
233.5
7.4

241.1

The directors consider that the carrying value of trade payables is not materially different from their fair values. Accruals and 
deferred income includes £nil (2009: £6.8 million) in respect of amounts due to customers for contract work.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

99

27  Deferred tax
An analysis of the movements in the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the group is set out below:

At 1 April 2008 
Charge to income 
Charge to equity 
Exchange differences 

At 1 April 2009 
Charge to income 
Charge to equity 
Transfers 
Acquisitions/disposals 
Exchange differences 

At 31 March 2010 

  Accelerated 
tax 
  depreciation 
£m 

Retirement 
benefit 
obligation 
£m 

Tax losses 
£m 

Fair 
value of 
financial 
instruments 
£m 

862.6 
202.8 
– 
0.6 

1,066.0 
44.2 
– 
51.0 
0.4 
0.2 

(35.3) 
– 
(30.0) 
– 

(65.3) 
– 
(34.1) 
– 
– 
– 

(8.7) 
1.4 
– 
(3.2) 

(10.5) 
2.7 
– 
– 
– 
0.7 

(19.5) 
(23.8) 
(0.9) 
– 

(44.2) 
12.3 
(1.6) 
– 
– 
– 

Other 
£m 

9.2 
(8.9) 
3.3 
(1.2) 

2.4 
(17.0) 
– 
(51.0) 
– 
0.2 

Total 
£m

808.3
171.5
(27.6)
(3.8)

948.4
42.2
(35.7)
–
0.4
1.1

1,161.8 

(99.4) 

(7.1) 

(33.5) 

(65.4) 

956.4

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The offset amounts are as follows:

Deferred tax asset to be recovered after more than 12 months 
Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months 

Deferred tax liability to be recovered after more than 12 months 
Deferred tax liability to be recovered within 12 months 

28  Retirement benefit schemes
Defined benefit schemes

a)  Amount included in the balance sheet arising from the group’s obligations under defined benefit schemes

Fair value of scheme assets: 

Equities 
Gilts 
Corporate bonds 
Property 
Cash 

Total fair value of assets 
Present value of defined benefit obligations – funded schemes 

Present value of defined benefit obligations – unfunded schemes 

Liability recognised in the balance sheet 

2010 
£m 

(13.6) 
(4.0) 

(17.6) 

974.0 
– 

974.0 

956.4 

2009
£m

(26.2)
(3.6)

(29.8)

959.4
18.8

978.2

948.4

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

745.7 
270.8 
307.0 
61.1 
8.4 

542.8
236.0
230.1
52.1
14.0

1,393.0 
(1,740.3) 

1,075.0
(1,301.8)

(347.3) 
(7.6) 

(226.8)
(6.2)

(354.9) 

(233.0)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

28  Retirement benefit schemes (continued)
a)  Amount included in the balance sheet arising from the group’s obligations under defined benefit schemes
Movements in the fair value of the scheme assets were as follows:

Fair value at 1 April 
Expected return on scheme assets 
Contributions from the sponsoring companies   
Contributions from scheme members 
Actuarial gains/(losses) recognised in the statement of comprehensive income 
Benefits paid 

Fair value at 31 March 

Movements in the present value of the defined benefit obligations were as follows:

Present value at 1 April 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Curtailment costs/settlement costs 
Contributions from scheme members 
Actuarial losses/(gains) recognised in the statement of comprehensive income  
Benefits paid 

Present value at 31 March 

Of which:

Amounts relating to funded schemes 
Amounts relating to the unfunded scheme 

Present value at 31 March 

b)  Amounts recognised in the income statement in respect of these defined benefit schemes

Amounts charged to operating costs:
Current service cost 
Curtailment charge 
Past service cost 

Amounts charged to finance costs:
Interest cost 
Amounts credited to finance income:
Expected return on scheme assets 

Total amount charged to the income statement 

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

1,075.0 
71.1 
39.6 
6.8 
270.4 
(69.9) 

1,332.3
89.8
42.0
8.0
(329.8)
(67.3)

1,393.0 

1,075.0

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

1,308.0 
14.7 
86.1 
7.4 
6.8 
394.8 
(69.9) 

1,458.3
23.8
91.9
–
8.0
(206.7)
(67.3)

1,747.9 

1,308.0

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

1,740.3 
7.6 

1,301.8
6.2

1,747.9 

1,308.0

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

(14.7) 
(7.4) 
– 

(22.1) 

(23.3)
–
(0.5)

(23.8)

(86.1) 

(91.9)

71.1 

89.8

(37.1) 

(25.9)

The actual return on scheme assets was a gain of £341.5 million (2009: loss of £240.0 million).

Actuarial gains and losses have been reported in the statement of comprehensive income. The cumulative amount of actuarial  
gains and losses recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense since the adoption of IFRSs is a net loss of  
£220.1 million (2009: net loss of £95.7 million).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

101

28  Retirement benefit schemes (continued)
c)  Background
The group operates a number of defined benefit pension schemes in the UK, covering the majority of UK employees. The defined 
benefit schemes are funded to cover future salary and pension increases and their assets are held in separate funds administered 
by trustees. The trustees are required to act in the best interests of the schemes’ beneficiaries. A formal actuarial valuation of each 
scheme is carried out on behalf of the trustees at triennial intervals by an independent professionally qualified actuary. Under the 
defined benefit schemes, members are entitled to retirement benefits calculated as a proportion (varying between 1/30 and 1/80 for 
each year of service) of their salary for the final year of employment with the group or, if higher, the average of the highest three 
consecutive years’ salary in the last ten years of employment. The final salary sections of all of the pension schemes listed below 
are closed to new entrants and the age profile of scheme participants is expected to rise and hence service costs are also 
expected to rise in the future.

The UK defined benefit schemes and the date of their last formal actuarial valuation are as follows:

UK defined benefit scheme 

Severn Trent Pension Scheme (STPS)* 
Severn Trent Water Mirror Image Pension Scheme 

Date of last formal actuarial valuation

31 March 2007
31 March 2009

*  The STPS is by far the largest of the group’s UK defined benefit schemes. The Severn Trent Senior Staff Pension Scheme was merged with the STPS on 31 March 2009.

The group has an obligation to pay pensions to a number of former employees, whose benefits would otherwise have been 
restricted by the Finance Act 1989 earnings cap. Provision for such benefits amounting to £7.6 million (2009: £6.2 million) is 
included in an unfunded scheme within the retirement benefit obligation.

d)  Actuarial assumptions
The major assumptions used in the valuation of the STPS (also the approximate weighted average of assumptions used for the 
valuations of all group schemes) were as follows:

Price inflation 
Salary increases 
Pension decreases in payment 
Pension increases in deferment 
Discount rate 
Long term rate of return on: 

Equities 
Gilts 
Corporate bonds 
Property 
Cash 

2010 
% 

3.60 
4.10 
3.60 
3.60 
5.70 

8.00 
4.50 
5.70 
7.00 
4.50 

2009
%

2.90
3.90
3.00
2.90
6.70

8.00
4.20
6.70
6.10
0.50

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

The assumption for price inflation is derived from the difference between the yields on longer term fixed rate gilts and on index 
linked gilts. The discount rate is based on the annualised yield from the iBoxx over 15 year AA rated sterling corporate bond index. 

The expected rate of return on scheme assets is based on market expectations at the beginning of the period for returns over the 
life of the benefit obligation. For gilts and corporate bonds the expected rates of return are based on market yields. For equities, an 
equity risk premium has been added to the gilt rate.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

28  Retirement benefit schemes (continued)
d)  Actuarial assumptions (continued)
The mortality assumptions adopted are based on mortality tables applicable to the sex and year of birth of individual members, 
with the ‘medium cohort’ allowance for future improvements in longevity. For men the assumptions are based on the ‘00’ series 
tables and for women the ‘92’ series, both projected to calendar year 2005 with medium cohort improvements to 2005 and a two 
year age rating applied. These have been based on a mortality investigation carried out in conjunction with the valuation of the 
STPS, carried out on behalf of the trustees, as at 31 March 2007.

The life expectancies implied by the mortality assumptions adopted at each year end are as follows

Age to which current pensioners aged 65 are expected to live

– men (years) 
– women (years) 

Age to which future pensioners aged 45 at the balance sheet date are expected to live

– men (years) 
– women (years) 

2010 

2009

85.3 
88.6 

86.5 
89.6 

85.1
88.2

85.9
88.9

The calculation of the scheme liabilities is sensitive to the actuarial assumptions and in particular to the assumptions relating to 
discount rate, price inflation and mortality. The following table summarises the estimated impact on scheme liabilities and service 
cost resulting from changes to key actuarial assumptions whilst holding all other assumptions constant.

Assumption 

Discount rate 
Price inflation 
Mortality 

Change in assumption 

Impact on scheme liabilities

Increase/decrease by 0.1% 
Increase/decrease by 0.1% 
Increase life expectancy by 1 year  Increase by £40 million

Decrease/increase by £34 million
Increase/decrease by £34 million

e)  Contributions to the schemes
Contribution rates are set in consultation with the trustees for each scheme and each participating employer. It is anticipated that 
normal contributions to the scheme in the year ending 31 March 2011 will be in the order of £30 million and lump sum deficit 
reduction contributions of £10 million are planned subject to the outcome of the ongoing actuarial valuation.

f)  History of actual and expected performance of pension scheme assets and liabilities

Present value of defined benefit obligations 
Fair value of scheme assets 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2007 
£m 

2006
£m

(1,747.9) 
1,393.0 

(1,308.0) 
1,075.0 

(1,458.3) 
1,332.3 

(1,499.7) 
1,364.6 

(1,624.8)
1,402.9

Deficit in the schemes 

(354.9) 

(233.0) 

(126.0) 

(135.1) 

(221.9)

Difference between actual and expected return on scheme assets 

270.4 

(329.8) 

(125.7) 

(10.6) 

179.1

Experience adjustments on scheme liabilities   

19.8 

(7.9) 

(64.3) 

(3.7) 

(152.8)

Defined contribution schemes
The group also operates defined contribution arrangements for certain of its UK and overseas employees. In September 2001, the  
Severn Trent Group Pension Scheme (an occupational defined contribution scheme) was established to ensure compliance with 
stakeholder legislation and to provide the group with an alternative pension arrangement. This was closed to new entrants on 1 April 
2005 and replaced by the Severn Trent Stakeholder Pension Scheme.

The total cost charged to operating costs of £4.5 million (2009: £5.1 million) represents contributions payable to these schemes by 
the group at rates specified in the rules of the schemes. As at 31 March 2010, all contributions (2009: 100%) due in respect of the 
current reporting period had been paid over to the schemes.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

103

29  Provisions

At 1 April 2009 
Charged to income statement 
Utilisation of provision 
Other movements 
Exchange differences 

At 31 March 2010 

Included in 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

  Restructuring 
£m 

Self 
insurance 
£m 

Onerous 
contracts 
£m 

1.5 
9.7 
(0.4) 
– 
0.1 

10.9 

23.2 
5.7 
(6.8) 
– 
– 

22.1 

4.5 
7.5 
– 
0.4 
– 

12.4 

Terminated 
operations  
and 
disposals 
£m 

5.9 
(0.2) 
(0.2) 
– 
0.1 

5.6 

Other 
£m 

4.5 
1.6 
(3.2) 
– 
– 

2.9 

2010 
£m 

25.5 
28.4 

53.9 

Total 
£m

39.6
24.3
(10.6)
0.4
0.2

53.9

2009
£m

9.2
30.4

39.6

The restructuring provision reflects costs to be incurred in respect of committed restructuring programmes.

Derwent Insurance Limited, a captive insurance company, is a wholly owned subsidiary of the group. Provisions for claims are made as 
set out in note 2 u). The associated outflows are estimated to arise over a period of up to five years from the balance sheet date.

The onerous or loss making contract provision relates to specific contractual liabilities, either assumed with businesses acquired or 
arising in existing group businesses, where estimated future costs are not expected to be recovered in revenues. The associated 
outflows are estimated to occur over a period of ten years from the balance sheet date.

Provisions relating to terminated operations and disposals include amounts that it is probable will be paid in respect of claims arising 
from services performed by these businesses; and the indemnities described in note 37 b).

In 2009 other provisions include £1.8 million relating to third party legal costs incurred in the conclusion of a Severn Trent Services 
arbitration to settle an interpretation on a long term operating service contract.

30  Share capital

Total authorised share capital: 
434,139,785 ordinary shares of 9717/19p (2009: 346,783,834) 

Total issued and fully paid share capital: 
236,585,205 ordinary shares of 9717/19p (2009: 235,938,946) 

Changes in share capital were as follows:

Ordinary shares of 9717/19p 
At 1 April 2009 
Shares issued at 536p, 548p, 592p, 759p, 823p, 862p, 1172p or 1221p 
under the group’s Employee Sharesave Scheme 
Shares issued at 720p or 738p under the group’s Share Option Scheme 

At 31 March 2010 

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

425.0 

339.5

231.6 

231.0

Number 

£m

235,938,946 

231.0

639,121 
7,138 

0.6
–

 236,585,205 

231.6

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

31  Share premium

At 1 April 
Share premium arising on issue of shares for Employee Share Option Scheme 

At 31 March 

32  Other reserves

At 1 April 2008 
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period 

At 1 April 2009 
Total comprehensive loss for the period 

At 31 March 2010 

2010 
£m 

71.9 
4.0 

75.9 

2009
£m

64.3
7.6

71.9

Capital 

redemption  Infrastructure 
reserve 
£m 

reserve 
£m 

Translation 
exchange 
reserve 
£m 

156.1 
– 

156.1 
– 

314.2 
– 

314.2 
– 

(2.5) 
43.3 

40.8 
(9.1) 

Hedging 
reserve 
£m 

(40.4) 
(2.0) 

(42.4) 
(4.0) 

Total 
other 
reserves 
£m

427.4
41.3

468.7
(13.1)

156.1 

314.2 

31.7 

(46.4) 

455.6

The capital redemption reserve arose on the redemption of B shares.

The infrastructure reserve arose on restating infrastructure assets to fair value as deemed cost on transition to IFRS.

The translation reserve arises from exchange differences on translation of the results and financial position of foreign subsidiaries 
as well as foreign exchange differences arising from hedges of net investment.

The hedging reserve arises from gains or losses on interest rate swaps taken directly to equity under the hedge accounting 
provisions of IAS 39 and the transition rules of IFRS 1.

33  Share based payments
The group operates a number of share based remuneration schemes for employees. During the period, the group recognised total 
expenses of £5.1 million (2009: £5.3 million) related to equity settled share based payment transactions.

The weighted average share price during the period was £10.50 (2009: £12.70).

At 31 March the number of shares that were exercisable under each of the share based remuneration schemes was as follows:

Long Term Incentive Plan 
Employee Sharesave Scheme 
Approved Share Option Scheme 
Unapproved Share Option Scheme 

2010 

Number of 
  exercisable 
options/ 
awards 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

Number of 
exercisable 
options/ 
awards 

– 
525,098 
3,125 
35,259 

563,482 

– 
870p 
720p 
728p 

– 
626,053 
4,759 
40,763 

671,575 

2009

Weighted
average
exercise
price

–
715p
724p
728p

i)  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
Under the LTIP annual conditional awards of shares may be made to executive directors and senior staff. Awards are subject to  
performance conditions and continued employment throughout the vesting period. Awards have been made on different bases to 
Severn Trent Plc and Severn Trent Water employees (the LTIP) and to Severn Trent Services employees (the Services LTIP). During 
the year awards over 163,421 shares (2009: 123,743 shares) with a fair value each of £5.41 (2009: £7.49) were made to 21 
employees (2009: 23 employees) under the LTIP. 

The Services LTIP awards vest in three equal tranches and are subject to achievement of turnover and profit targets in the years 
ending 31 March 2011, 2012 and 2013. No awards have been made to employees under the Services LTIP during the year (2009: 
awards over 118,489 shares to 13 employees).

The LTIP awards are subject to total shareholder return over three years measured relative to the companies ranked 51–150 by 
market capitalisation in the FTSE Index (excluding investment trusts). 

Details of changes in the number of awards outstanding during the year are set out below.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33  Share based payments (continued)

Outstanding at 1 April 2008 
Granted during the year 
Vested during the year 
Cancelled during the year 
Lapsed during the year 

Outstanding at 1 April 2009 
Granted during the year 
Cancelled during the year 
Lapsed during the year 

Outstanding at 31 March 2010 

Details of LTIP awards outstanding at 31 March were as follows.

Date of grant 

June 2006 
July 2007 
July 2008 
July 2008 
July 2008 
July 2009 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

105

Number of awards

LTIP  Services LTIP

894,529 
123,743 
(227,490) 
(4,799) 
(203,801) 

582,182 
163,421 
(17,131) 
(334,989) 

–
118,489
–
–
–

118,489
–
(8,049)
–

393,483 

110,440

Normal date of vesting 

2010 

2009

Number of shares

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2012 

– 
121,223 
153,528 
36,813 
36,813 
155,546 

334,990
123,449
163,240
39,496
39,496
–

503,923 

700,671

The fair value of the LTIP awards made during the year was calculated using the Monte Carlo method using the principal 
assumptions set out below:

Assumptions 

Expected volatility
Severn Trent Plc   
– comparator group 
Correlation between Severn Trent Plc and comparator group 
Proportion of employees expected to cease employment before vesting 

2010 

2009

25% 
45% 
30% 
0% 

17%
30%
30%
0%

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

Severn Trent share price volatility is based on observations of historical weekly volatility over a three year period. Weekly volatility 
in the observed data varied between 10% and 40%.

For the 2009/10 LTIP award and the 2008/09 award the comparator group is the companies ranked 51–150 in the FTSE index. 
Comparator group volatility was therefore based on observed volatility for the FTSE 250 index. Correlation between Severn Trent 
and the comparator group was based on the average pairwise correlation for companies in the FTSE 250.

The share price at the grant date was £11.34 (2009: £12.80). The vesting period commences before the grant date. Performance 
in the vesting period prior to the grant date is taken into account in determining the fair value of the award.

Dividends ‘paid’ on shares during the vesting period are accumulated during the vesting period and released subject to 
achievement of the performance condition, in the same manner as the underlying shares. As a result a dividend yield assumption 
is not required.

The 2009 Services LTIP is based entirely on non-market conditions and hence market assumptions are not required to determine 
the fair value of the award. For 2010 it has been assumed that performance against the Services LTIP non-market vesting 
conditions will be 78%.

Details of the basis of the LTIP schemes are set out in the remuneration report on page 50.

ii)  Employee Sharesave Scheme
Under the terms of the Sharesave Scheme, the board may grant the right to purchase ordinary shares in the company to those 
employees who have entered into an HMRC approved Save As You Earn contract for a period of three or five years.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

33  Share based payments (continued)
Details of changes in the number of options outstanding during the year are set out below:

Outstanding at 1 April 2008 
Granted during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Cancelled during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Expired during the year 

Outstanding at 1 April 2009 
Granted during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Cancelled during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Expired during the year 

Outstanding at 31 March 2010 

Sharesave options outstanding at 31 March were as follows:

Date of grant 

January 2002 
January 2003 
January 2004 
January 2005 
January 2006 
January 2007 
January 2008 
January 2009 
January 2010 

Number 
of share 
options 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

  4,033,637 
  1,671,207 
(59,628) 
(568,290) 
  (1,321,735) 
(30,379) 

  3,724,812 
922,888 
(95,659) 
(320,240) 
(639,121) 
(25,612) 

843p
862p
937p
1,093p
660p
735p

887p
806p
1,007p
981p
715p
953p

  3,637,068 

899p

Normal date of exercise  Option price 

2010 

2009

Number of share options

2009 
2008 or 2010 
2009 or 2011 
2008, 2010 or 2012 
2009, 2011 or 2013 
2010, 2012 or 2014 
2011 or 2013 
2012 or 2014 
2013 or 2015 

548p 
536p 
592p 
759p 
823p 
1,172p 
1,221p 

– 
73,017 
53,862 
332,581 
239,385 
286,787 
252,683 

69,236
77,253
266,288
346,747
597,749
351,518
347,912
862p  1,411,857  1,668,109
808p 
–

987,096 

  3,637,068  3,724,812

The fair value of the Sharesave options granted during the year was calculated using the Black-Scholes model. The principal 
assumptions were as follows:

Assumptions 

Expected volatility 
Risk free rate 
Expected dividend yield 
Proportion of employees expected to cease employment before vesting 
Fair value per share 

2010 

3 year  

5 year  

3 year 

25% 
1.80% 
4.0% 
15.0% 
264p 

25% 
2.78% 
4.0% 
17.0% 
280p 

17% 
2.24% 
4.0% 
15.0% 
272p 

2009

5 year

17%
2.74%
4.0%
17.0%
268p

Expected volatility is based on observations of historical weekly volatility over a three year period. Weekly volatility in the observed 
data was between 10–40%.

The risk free rate is derived from yields at the grant date of gilts of similar duration to the Sharesave contracts.

The proportion of employees expected to cease employment before vesting is based on historically observed data.

The following data was used in the calculation of the fair value of the sharesave options.

Share price at grant date 
Vesting period (years) 
Option life (years) 

2010 

2009

  3 year scheme  5 year scheme  3 year scheme  5 year scheme

1,080p 
3 
3.5 

1,080p 
3 
3.5 

1,189p 
3 
3.5 

1,189p
5
5.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

107

33  Share based payments (continued)
The number of employees entering into Sharesave contracts and the number of options granted during the year were as follows:

Number of employees 

Number of options granted 

2010 

2009

  3 year scheme  5 year scheme  3 year scheme  5 year scheme

1,602 

563 

2,007 

869

586,381 

405,652 

931,272 

739,935

iii)  Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
Under the SIP the board may grant share awards to employees of group companies. During the year the board has announced 
that it will make awards under the SIP based on performance against Severn Trent Water’s targets for its Key Performance 
Indicators. Eligible employees will be entitled to shares to a maximum value of £750. It is expected that these awards will be made 
in August 2010. SIP shares vest with the employees on the date of grant.

iv)  Approved Share Option Scheme
Under the terms of the Share Option Scheme (formerly Executive Share Option Scheme), the board has granted directors and other 
executives options to purchase ordinary shares in the company. No awards have been made under this scheme since July 2003.

Outstanding at 1 April 2008 
Forfeited during the year 
Exercised during the year 

Outstanding at 1 April 2009 
Exercised during the year 

Outstanding at 31 March 2010 

Options outstanding under this scheme at 31 March were as follows:

Date of grant 

June 2001 
July 2002 

Normal date of exercise  Option price 

2004 – 2011 
2005 – 2012 

738p 
720p 

Number 
of share 
options 

12,012 
(3,415) 
(3,838) 

4,759 
(1,634) 

3,125 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

770p
638p
899p

724p
731p

720p

Number of shares

2010 

– 
3,125 

3,125 

2009

1,016
3,743

4,759

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

v)  Unapproved Share Option Scheme
The board has granted executives options to purchase ordinary shares in the company under an unapproved share option 
scheme. No awards have been made under this scheme since July 2003.

Details of the movements in the share awards outstanding during the year are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 April 2008 
Exercised during the year 

Outstanding at 1 April 2009 
Exercised during the year 

Outstanding at 31 March 2010 

Options outstanding under this scheme at 31 March were as follows:

Date of grant 

July 2001 
June 2002 

Number 
of share 
options 

49,304 
(8,541) 

40,763 
(5,504) 

35,259 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

724p
670p

728p
728p

728p

Number of shares

Normal date of exercise  Option price 

2010 

2009

2004 – 2011 
2005 – 2012 

738p 
720p 

16,274 
18,985 

18,848
21,915

35,259 

40,763

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

34  Acquisitions
On 13 May 2009 the group acquired 100 per cent of the issued share capital of PS Apliclor SA for cash consideration  
of £13.2 million. This transaction has been accounted for by the purchase method of accounting.

Net assets acquired: 
Intangible assets 
Tangible assets 
Financial assets 
Inventory 
Accounts receivable 
Borrowings: amounts falling due within one year 
Accounts payable 
Borrowings: amounts falling due after more than one year   

Goodwill 

Total consideration 

Satisfied by: 
Cash 

Book value 
£m 

Fair value
£m

0.2 
0.4 
– 
1.4 
3.7 
(1.5) 
(1.5) 
(0.1) 

2.6 
– 

0.2
0.5
–
1.4
4.1
(1.6)
(1.6)
(0.1)

2.9
10.3

13.2

13.2

The goodwill arising on the acquisition of PS Apliclor is attributable to the anticipated profitability of the company. 

PS Apliclor contributed £6.7 million to revenue and £0.2 million to profit before tax for the period between the date of acquisition and 
the balance sheet date.

35  Cash flow statement
a)  Reconciliation of operating profit to operating cash flows

Profit before interest and tax  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment  
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Exceptional impairment and depreciation 
Pension service cost 
Pension curtailment cost 
Pension contributions 
Share based payments charge 
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment  
Loss on disposal of businesses 
Deferred income released 
Provisions charged to income statement 
Utilisation of provisions for liabilities and charges 
Decrease/(increase) in stocks 
Increase in debtors 
(Decrease)/increase in creditors 

Cash generated from operations 
Tax (paid)/received 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

b)  Non-cash transactions
No additions to property, plant and equipment during the year were financed by new finance leases (2009: £nil).

2010 
£m 

507.4 
236.1 
25.2 
6.6 
14.7 
7.4 
(39.6) 
5.1 
(4.5) 
1.7 
(7.4) 
24.2 
(10.5) 
3.9 
(26.4) 
(35.9) 

708.0 
(53.8) 

654.2 

2009
£m

451.0
223.7
24.2
–
23.8
–
(42.0)
5.3
(4.0)
–
(5.3)
10.8
(48.9)
(2.7)
(9.2)
16.8

643.5
1.1

644.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

109

35  Cash flow statement (continued)
c)  Exceptional cash flows
The following cash flows arose from items classified as exceptional in the income statement:

Restructuring costs 
Fines and penalties 
Third party legal costs 
Loss on disposal of business 

d)  Reconciliation of movement in cash and cash equivalents to movement in net debt

Cash and cash equivalents 
Bank loans 
Other loans 
Finance leases 

Net debt as previously stated 
Cross currency swaps hedging debt 

As at 
1 April 
2009 
£m 

648.1 
(789.8) 
(3,310.9) 
(344.4) 

(3,797.0) 
237.1 

Cash 

Fair value 
flow  adjustments 
£m 
£m 

RPI uplift 
on index 
linked debt 
£m 

(419.9) 
100.2 
78.8 
43.2 

(197.7) 
– 

– 
– 
22.3 
– 

22.3 
(10.9) 

– 
2.1 
(15.7) 
– 

(13.6) 
– 

2010 
£m 

(15.9) 
(2.0) 
– 
(0.9) 

(18.8) 

2009
£m

(16.2)
(40.0)
(1.4)
–

(57.6)

As at
31 March
2010
£m

227.8
(689.8)
(3,185.9)
(300.8)

– 
(2.3) 
39.5 
0.4 

37.6 
(38.9) 

(3,948.7) 
187.3

Foreign 

Other 
non-cash 
exchange  movements 
£m 

£m 

(0.4) 
– 
0.1 
– 

(0.3) 
– 

Net debt 

(3,559.9) 

(197.7) 

11.4 

(13.6) 

(0.3) 

(1.3) 

(3,761.4)

36  Contingent liabilities
a)  Bonds and guarantees
Group undertakings have entered into bonds and guarantees in the normal course of business. No liability is expected to arise in 
respect of either bonds or guarantees.

b)  Disposal of subsidiaries
The group has given certain guarantees and indemnities in relation to disposals of businesses.

On 5 March 2007 the group received notice of a claim for €23.4 million from Veolia Proprete SA (Veolia) alleging breach of 
warranty in relation to the disposal of Biffa Belgium. The group has subsequently received notice from Veolia of a further claim for 
€5 million relating to the same matter. The group considers that there is no basis for this claim and hence no provision has been 
recorded in the financial statements in relation to this matter. Following a hearing in the Commercial Court in Belgium in February 
2010, the Court rendered judgment in favour of the group on 1 April 2010 and declared all of Veolia’s claims to be unfounded.

The group is not aware of any other liability that is likely to result from these guarantees and indemnities that has not been 
provided for in these financial statements.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the group financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 31 March 2010

37  Financial and other commitments
a)  Investment expenditure commitments

Contracted for but not provided in the financial statements  

2010 
£m 

321.0 

2009
£m

181.7

In addition to these contractual commitments, Severn Trent Water Limited has longer term expenditure plans which include 
investments to achieve improvements in performance mandated by the Director General of Water Services (Ofwat) and to provide 
for growth in demand for water and sewerage services.

b) Leasing commitments
At the balance sheet date the group had outstanding commitments for future minimum operating lease payments under 
non-cancellable operating leases, which fall due as follows:

Within one year 
In the second to fifth years inclusive 
After more than five years 

2010 
£m 

4.9 
9.0 
4.9 

18.8 

2009
£m

6.8
13.4
8.2

28.4

Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the group for certain of its office properties, plant and equipment.

38  Post balance sheet events
Following the year end the board of directors has proposed a final dividend of 45.61 pence per share. Further details of this are 
shown in note 14.

39  Related party transactions
Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are 
not included in this note. Transactions between the group and its associates and joint ventures are disclosed below.

Trading transactions

Cognica 
SII 
Jackson Water Partnership 

  Sale of goods 

Purchase of goods 

Amounts due from 
related parties 

2010 
£m 

– 
10.5 
5.0 

15.5 

2009 
£m 

– 
9.4 
1.4 

10.8 

2010 
£m 

0.1 
– 
– 

0.1 

2009 
£m 

0.1 
– 
– 

0.1 

2010 
£m 

– 
15.5 
1.5 

17.0 

2009 
£m 

– 
13.8 
1.7 

15.5 

Amounts due to 
related parties

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

– 
– 
– 

– 

The related parties are associates and joint ventures in which the group has a participating interest.

Remuneration of key management personnel
Key management personnel comprise the members of STEC.

The remuneration of the directors is included within the amounts disclosed below. Further information about the remuneration of 
individual directors is provided in the audited part of the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 54 to 57.

Short term employee benefits 
Post employment benefits 
Termination benefits 
Share based payments 

2010 
£m 

5.5 
0.6 
0.3 
0.5 

6.9 

–
–
–

–

2009
£m

6.2
0.7
–
0.8

7.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

111

40   Principal subsidiary undertakings and  

their directors

Details of the principal operating subsidiaries are given below.  
A complete list of subsidiary undertakings is available on 
request to the company and will be filed with the next  
Annual Return.

Severn Trent Water
Severn Trent Water Limited
2297 Coventry Road,  
Birmingham B26 3PU 
Telephone 0121 722 4000

Directors
Sir John Egan 
A J Ballance 
B Bulkin 
R H Davey 
A J Duff 
G Fryett 

M J Lamb
M J Kane
M J E McKeon
Baroness Noakes
A P Smith
A P Wray

Severn Trent Services
Severn Trent Services Inc.
Suite 300, 580 Virginia Drive,
Fort Washington, Pennsylvania 19034 2707, USA
Telephone 001 215 646 9201
(Incorporated and operational in the United States of America)

Directors
D L Chester 

L F Graziano

Severn Trent Environmental Services Inc.
Park 10, 16337 Park Row,
Houston, Texas 77084, USA
Telephone 001 281 578 4200
(Incorporated and operational in the United States of America)

Directors
D L Chester 
L F Graziano

K J Kelly

Severn Trent Services Limited
Arley Drive, Birch Coppice Business Park,  
Dorden, Tamworth, B78 1SA
Telephone 01827 266000

Directors
L F Graziano 
R C McPheely 

K A A Porritt
P M Senior

Severn Trent Water Purification Inc.
3000 Advance Lane,  
Colmar, Pennsylvania 18915, USA
Telephone 001 215 997 4000
(Incorporated and operational in the United States of America)

Directors
D L Chester 
L F Graziano

K J Kelly

Severn Trent Services International Limited
2308 Coventry Road,  
Birmingham B26 3JZ
Telephone 0121 722 6000

Directors
L F Graziano 
R C McPheely 

K A A Porritt
P M Senior

C2C Services Limited  
(80% owned)
2308 Coventry Road,  
Birmingham B26 3JZ
Telephone 0121 722 6000

Directors
D Godfrey 
A J Handford 
B M Horner 

R J Phillips
W G Weatherdon
E A Wilson

Severn Trent Laboratories Limited
STL Business Centre, Torrington Avenue,
Coventry CV4 9GU
Telephone 0247 642 1213

Directors
L F Graziano 
R C McPheely 

K A A Porritt
P M Senior

Other businesses
Derwent Insurance Limited
6A Queensway, PO Box 64,  
Gibraltar
Telephone 00 350 200 47529
(Insurance company, incorporated and operational in Gibraltar)

Directors
J Davies 
N Feetham 

F B Smith
F White

Severn Trent Luxembourg Overseas Holdings SA
1A rue Thomas Edison L-1445 Strassen,  
Luxembourg
(Finance company, registered and operational in Luxembourg)

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

Directors
D L Chester 
L F Graziano 
M J E McKeon 

X Pauwels 
D Robyns 
F B Smith

Country of incorporation, and main operation is Great Britain 
and registration is England and Wales unless otherwise stated. 
All subsidiary undertakings are wholly owned unless otherwise 
indicated. All shareholdings are in ordinary shares.

All subsidiary undertakings have been included in the 
consolidation.

As at 27 May 2010

 
112

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Independent auditors’ report to the members of 
Severn Trent Plc

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matter 
where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you,  
if in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 
been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements and the part of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by 

law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit.

Other matter
We have reported separately on the group financial statements 
of Severn Trent plc for the year ended 31 March 2010.

Douglas King (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors  
London, UK 
27 May 2010

We have audited the parent company financial statements of 
Severn Trent plc for the year ended 31 March 2010 which 
comprise the company balance sheet, the company statement 
of total recognised gains and losses and the related notes 1 to 
19. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
their preparation is applicable law and United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice).

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a 
body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so 
that we might state to the company’s members those matters 
we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for 
no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do 
not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the 
company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit 
work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities 
Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation  
of the parent company financial statements and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility  
is to audit the parent company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and International Standards  
on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to 
comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s (APB’s) Ethical 
Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts  
and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to  
give reasonable assurance that the financial statements  
are free from material misstatement, whether caused by  
fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the 
accounting policies are appropriate to the parent company’s 
circumstances and have been consistently applied and 
adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant 
accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall 
presentation of the financial statements.

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion the parent company financial statements:

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the parent company’s 

affairs as at 31 March 2010; 

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of 

the Companies Act 2006

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies 
Act 2006
In our opinion:

•  the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited 

has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006; and

•  the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial 

year for which the financial statements are prepared is 
consistent with the parent company financial statements.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

113

Company balance sheet

At 31 March 2010

Fixed non-current assets 
Tangible fixed assets 
Investments in subsidiaries 
Derivative financial instruments 

Current assets 
Debtors 
Derivative financial instruments 
Cash at bank and in hand 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year  

Net current liabilities 

Total assets less current liabilities 
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves attributable to the company’s equity shareholders
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings 

Equity attributable to the company’s equity shareholders 

Signed on behalf of the board who approved the accounts on 27 May 2010.

Sir John Egan 
Chairman 

Michael McKeon
Finance Director

Company number: 2366619

Company statement of total recognised  
gains and losses

For the year ended 31 March 2010

Transfers 
Transfers to profit and loss account on cash flow hedges 
Deferred tax on transfers to profit and loss account 

Profit for the period 

Total recognised gains and losses for the period 

Note 

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

2 
3 

4 

5 

6 

0.4 
3,609.3 
21.0 

0.5
3,390.7
22.4

3,630.7 

3,413.6

56.3 
2.8 
239.0 

58.8
17.7
418.0

298.1 
(746.1) 

494.5
(1,041.3)

(448.0) 

(546.8)

3,182.7 
(466.6) 

2,866.8
(143.1)

2,716.1 

2,723.7

8 
9 
10 
11 

11 

231.6 
75.9 
148.6 
2,260.0 

231.0
71.9
146.3
2,274.5

2,716.1 

2,723.7 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

2010 
£m 

3.2 
(0.9) 

2.3 
140.0 

142.3 

2009
£m

3.2
(0.9)

2.3
113.3

115.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the company financial statements

1  Accounting policies
a)  Basis of accounting
The financial statements have been prepared under the 
historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of 
financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) 
at fair value through profit or loss and in accordance with 
applicable United Kingdom Accounting Standards and comply 
with the requirements of the United Kingdom Companies Act 
2006 (the Act).

b)  Tangible fixed assets and depreciation
Tangible fixed assets are included at cost less accumulated 
depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. Other assets 
are depreciated on a straight line basis over their estimated 
economic lives, which are principally as follows:

Buildings 
Vehicles, computers and software 

Years

30 – 60
2 – 15

c)  Leased assets
Where assets are financed by leasing arrangements which 
transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of 
an asset to the lessee (finance leases), the assets are 
accounted for as if they had been purchased and the fair 
values of minimum lease payments are shown as an 
obligation to the lessor. Lease payments are treated as 
consisting of a capital element and a finance charge, the 
capital element reducing the obligation to the lessor and the 
finance charge being written off to the profit and loss account 
over the period of the lease in proportion to the capital 
amount outstanding. Depreciation is charged over the shorter 
of the estimated useful life and the lease period. All other 
leases are accounted for as operating leases. Rental costs 
arising under operating leases are charged to the profit and 
loss account on a straight line basis over the life of the lease.

d)  Impairment of fixed assets and investments
Impairments of fixed assets and investments are calculated as 
the difference between the carrying values of net assets of 
income generating units, including where appropriate investments 
and goodwill, and their recoverable amounts. Recoverable 
amount is defined as the higher of net realisable value or 
estimated value in use at the date the impairment review is 
undertaken. Net realisable value represents the net amount that 
can be generated through sale of assets. Value in use represents 
the present value of expected future cash flows discounted on a 
pre-tax basis, using the estimated cost of capital of the income 
generating unit. Impairment reviews are carried out if there is 
some indication that an impairment may have occurred, or, where 
otherwise required, to ensure that goodwill and fixed assets are 
not carried above their estimated recoverable amounts. 
Impairments are recognised in the profit and loss account and, 
where material, are disclosed as exceptional.

e)  Financial instruments
The company has taken advantage of the exemption in 
FRS29: “Financial Instruments: Disclosures” not to provide 
the detailed disclosures of financial instruments set out in that 
standard since these are provided on a consolidated basis in 
the group financial statements.

i)  Debt instruments
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at cost, being 
the net fair value of the consideration received. After initial 
recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method. Where a loan or borrowing is in a fair 
value hedging relationship it is remeasured for changes in fair 
value of the hedged risk at the balance sheet date with gains 
or losses being recognised in the profit and loss account  
(see below).

Gains and losses are recognised in the profit and loss 
account when the liabilities are derecognised or impaired, as 
well as through the amortisation process.

ii)  Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The company uses derivative financial instruments such as 
cross currency swaps, forward currency contracts and 
interest rate swaps to hedge its risks associated with foreign 
currency and interest rate fluctuations. Such derivative 
instruments are initially recorded at cost and subsequently 
remeasured at fair value for the reported balance sheet. The 
fair value of cross currency swaps, interest rate swaps and 
forward currency contracts is calculated by reference to 
market exchange rates and interest rates at the period end.

In relation to fair value hedges which meet the conditions for 
hedge accounting, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument 
is taken to the profit and loss account where the effective 
portion of the hedge will offset the gain or loss on the hedged 
item (see above).

In relation to cash flow hedges which meet the conditions for 
hedge accounting, the portion of the gain or loss on the 
hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective 
hedge is recognised directly in reserves, and the ineffective 
portion in the profit and loss account. The gains or losses 
deferred in reserves in this way are recycled through the profit 
and loss account in the same period in which the hedged 
underlying transaction or firm commitment is recognised in 
the profit and loss account.

For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, gains 
or losses are taken directly to the profit and loss account in 
the period.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging 
instrument expires, is sold, terminated or exercised, or no 
longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that date any 
cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised 
in reserves is kept in reserves until the forecast transaction 
occurs, or transferred to the profit and loss account if the 
forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur.

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other 
host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their 
risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the 
host contract or the host contract is not carried at fair value 
with gains and losses reported in the profit and loss account.

 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

115

Investments 

1  Accounting policies (continued)
f) 
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are held at  
historical cost.

After initial recognition at cost (being the fair value of the 
consideration paid), investments which are classified as held 
for trading or available for sale are measured at fair value, 
with gains or losses recognised in income or equity 
respectively. When an available for sale investment is 
disposed of, or impaired, the gain or loss previously 
recognised in reserves is taken to the profit and loss account.

Other investments are classified as held to maturity when the 
company has the positive intention and ability to hold to 
maturity. Investments held for an undefined period are 
excluded from this classification. Such investments (and those 
held to maturity) are subsequently measured at amortised 
cost using the effective interest rate method, with any gains or 
losses being recognised in the profit and loss account.

g)  Share based payments
The company operates a number of equity settled, share based 
compensation plans for employees. The fair value of the 
employee services received in exchange for the grant is 
recognised as an expense over the vesting period of the grant.

The fair value of employee services is determined by 
reference to the fair value of the awards granted calculated 
using a pricing model, excluding the impact of any non-market 
conditions. The number of awards expected to vest takes into 

account non-market vesting conditions including, where 
appropriate, continuing employment by the group. The charge 
is adjusted to reflect shares that do not vest as a result of 
failing to meet a non-market based condition.

h)  Cash flow statement
The company has taken advantage of the exemption under 
Financial Reporting Statement 1 ‘Cash flow statements’ and 
not produced a cash flow statement.

i)  Deferred taxation
Deferred taxation is fully provided for in respect of timing 
differences between the treatment of certain items for taxation 
and accounting purposes only to the extent that the group has 
an obligation to pay more tax in the future or a right to pay less 
tax in the future. Deferred tax assets are only recognised to the 
extent that taxable profits are expected to arise in the future. 
Material deferred taxation balances arising are discounted by 
applying an appropriate risk free discount rate.

j)  Pensions
The company participates in the group’s defined benefit and 
defined contribution pension schemes, details of which are 
set out in note 28 to the group financial statements. However, 
the company is currently unable to identify its share of assets 
and liabilities relating to the defined benefit schemes. The 
pension costs charged against the operating profit are the 
contributions payable to the scheme in respect of the 
accounting period in respect of the defined benefit and 
defined contribution schemes.

2  Tangible fixed assets

Cost 
At 1 April 2009 
Additions 

At 31 March 2010 

Depreciation
At 1 April 2009 
Charge for year 

At 31 March 2010 

Net book value 
At 31 March 2010 

At 31 March 2009 

3  Investments

At 1 April 2009 
Additions/loans advanced 

At 31 March 2010 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

Plant and 
equipment 
£m 

0.7 
– 

0.7 

(0.7) 
– 

(0.7) 

– 

– 

0.5 
0.1 

0.6 

– 
(0.2) 

(0.2) 

0.4 

0.5 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

Total 
£m

1.2
0.1

1.3

(0.7)
(0.2)

(0.9)

0.4

0.5

Shares 
£m 

3,225.2 
62.9 

Subsidiary undertakings

Loans 
£m 

165.5 
155.7 

Total 
£m

3,390.7
218.6

3,288.1 

321.2 

3,609.3

Details of the principal subsidiaries of the company are given in note 40 of the group financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the company financial statements (continued)

4  Debtors

Amounts owed by group undertakings 
Deferred tax 
Corporation tax recoverable 
Other debtors 
Prepayments and accrued income 

5  Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Bank overdrafts 
Other loans 

Borrowings (note 7) 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade creditors 
Amounts due to group undertakings 
Other creditors 
Taxation and social security 
Accrued expenses 

6  Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Borrowings – other loans (note 7) 
Amounts due to group undertakings 
Derivative financial instruments 

7  Borrowings
Borrowings analysed by maturity date

Borrowings due within one year 
Borrowings due after one year: 
Between one and two years 
Between two and five years 
After more than five years 

Total borrowings due after one year 

2010 
£m 

3.5 
10.1 
38.3 
0.1 
4.3 

56.3 

2010 
£m 

91.4 
10.6 

102.0 
2.0 
0.2 
635.5 
5.6 
– 
0.8 

2009
£m

31.6
11.8
15.4
–
–

58.8

2009
£m

24.7
65.3

90.0
–
–
936.5
6.0
–
8.8

746.1 

1,041.3

2010 
£m 

77.8 
350.2 
38.6 

466.6 

2010 
£m 

102.0 

– 
55.8 
22.0 

77.8 

2009
£m

86.9
10.4
45.8

143.1

2009
£m

90.0

10.6
21.5
54.8

86.9

179.8 

176.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

117

7  Borrowings (continued)
Financial liabilities analysed by interest rate after taking into account of interest rate swaps entered into by the company

2010 

Bank loans and overdrafts 
Other loans 
Other financial liabilities 

Impact of interest rate swaps not matched against specific  
debt instruments 

Non-interest 
bearing liabilities 
£m 

Floating 
interest rate 
£m 

Fixed 
interest rate 
£m 

– 
– 
0.2 

0.2 

91.4 
88.4 
– 

179.8 

– 
– 
– 

– 

Total

91.4
88.4
0.2

180.0

– 

(300.0) 

300.0 

–

0.2 

120.2 

300.0 

180.0

Weighted average interest rate 
Weighted average period for which interest is fixed (years)  

6.3%
4.2

2009 

Bank loans and overdrafts 
Other loans 
Finance leases 
Other financial liabilities 

Impact of interest rate swaps not matched against specific  
debt instruments 

Weighted average interest rate 
Weighted average period for which interest is fixed 

Non-interest 
bearing liabilities 
£m 

Floating 
interest rate 
£m 

Fixed 
interest rate 
£m 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

24.7 
152.2 
– 
– 

176.9 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Total

24.7
152.2
–
–

176.9

(300.0) 

300.0 

– 

(123.1) 

300.0 

176.9

6.4%
5.2

The company’s borrowings are denominated in sterling, after taking into account cross currency swaps the company has entered 
into. There is no difference between the book value and the fair value of the company’s borrowings.

The fair values are based on expected future cash flows discounted using zero coupon forward interest rates related to the 
expected timing of payments.

At the balance sheet dates the company had committed undrawn borrowing facilities of £41.7 million (2009: nil) expiring between 
one and two years and £458.3 million (2009: £500 million) expiring between two and five years (2009: two and five years).

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
118

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the company financial statements (continued)

8  Share capital

Total authorised share capital: 
434,139,785 ordinary shares of 9717/19p (2009: 346,783,834 ordinary shares of 9717/19p) 

Total issued and fully paid share capital: 
236,585,205 ordinary shares of 9717/19p (2009: 235,938,946 ordinary shares of 9717/19p) 

Changes in share capital were as follows:

Ordinary shares of 9717/19p 
At 1 April 2009 
Shares issued at 536p, 548p, 592p, 759p, 823p, 862p, 1172p or 1221p  
under the group’s Employee Sharesave Scheme 
Shares issued at 720p and 738p under the group’s Share Option Scheme 

At 31 March 2010 

9  Share premium

At 1 April 
Share premium arising on issue of shares for Employee Share Option Scheme 

At 31 March 

10  Other reserves

At 1 April 2008 
Transfers to the profit and loss account on cash flow hedges 

At 1 April 2009 
Transfers to the profit and loss account on cash flow hedges 

At 31 March 2010 

The capital redemption reserve arose on the repurchase of B shares. This is not distributable.

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

425.0 

339.5

231.6 

231.0

Number 

£m

235,938,946 

231.0

614,269 
3,548 

0.6
–

236,556,763 

231.6

2010 
£m 

71.9 
4.0 

75.9 

2009
£m

64.3
7.6

71.9

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 

156.1 
– 

156.1 
– 

156.1 

Hedging 
reserve 
£m 

Total other 
reserves 
£m

(12.1) 
2.3 

(9.8) 
2.3 

(7.5) 

144.0
2.3

146.3
2.3

148.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

119

Share 
capital 
£m 

Share 
premium 
£m 

Other 
reserves 
£m 

Equity 
attributable 
to the equity 
Retained 
holders of 
earnings  Severn Trent Plc 
£m

£m 

229.7 

64.3 

144.0 

2,314.9 

2,752.9

– 

1.3 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

7.6 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2.3 

– 

2.3

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
0.1 
5.2 
(0.2) 
113.3 
(158.8) 

8.9
0.1
5.2
(0.2)
113.3
(158.8)

231.0 

71.9 

146.3 

2,274.5 

2,723.7

– 

0.6 
– 
– 
– 

– 

4.0 
– 
– 
– 

2.3 

– 

2.3

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
5.2 
140.0 
(159.7) 

4.6
5.2
140.0
(159.7)

231.6 

75.9 

148.6 

2,260.0 

2,716.1

11  Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity

At 1 April 2008 
Cash flow hedges 
– Transfers to net profit 
Share options and LTIPs 
– proceeds from shares issued 
– value of employees’ services 
– awards granted by subsidiaries 
– tax and social security paid on awards vesting 
Net profit for the year 
Dividends 

At 1 April 2009 
Cash flow hedges 
– Transfers to net profit 
Share options and LTIPs 
– proceeds from shares issued 
– awards granted by subsidiaries 
Net profit for the year 
Dividends 

At 31 March 2010 

In previous years £1,221.2 million of the company’s retained profit arose as a result of group restructuring exercises, and is not 
considered likely to be distributable. As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, no profit or loss account is 
presented for the company.

12  Employee costs and auditors’ remuneration

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs 

Total employee costs 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

2010 
£m 

1.2 
0.1 
0.8 

2.1 

2009
£m

1.4
0.1
2.8

4.3

For details of directors’ remuneration see the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 54 to 57.

Auditors’ fees in respect of the company were £76,000 (2009: £77,000). For full details of the fees paid to the auditors by the 
group, see note 7 to the group financial statements.

Fees payable to Deloitte LLP and their associates for non-audit services to the company are not required to be disclosed because 
the consolidated financial statements are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis.

13  Employee numbers
Average number of employees of the company (including executive directors) during the year was 11 (2009: 10). All were based in 
the United Kingdom.

14  Employee share schemes
For details of employee share schemes and options granted over the shares of the company, see note 33 of the consolidated financial 
statements. Details of LTIP conditional awards and share options granted by the company to its employees are set out below.

The company has charged £nil (2009: £0.1 million) to the profit and loss account in respect of share based payments.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
120

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the company financial statements (continued)

14  Employee share schemes (continued)
At 31 March the number of options that were exerciseable under each of the share based remuneration schemes was as follows:

Long Term Incentive Plan 
Employee Sharesave Scheme 

i)  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
Changes in the number of awards outstanding during the year:

Outstanding at 1 April 2008 
Granted during the year 
Vested during the year 
Lapsed during the year 
Transferred to other group companies 

Outstanding at 1 April 2009 
Granted during the year 
Vested during the year 
Lapsed during the year 
Transferred to other group companies 

Outstanding at 31 March 2010 

Awards outstanding at 31 March were:

Date of grant 

July 2006 
July 2007 
July 2008 
July 2009 

ii)  Employee Sharesave Scheme
Changes in the number of options outstanding during the year:

Outstanding at 31 March 2008 
Cancelled during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 March 2009 
Cancelled during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Transferred from other companies 

Outstanding at 31 March 2010 

2010 

Number of 
  exercisable 
options/ 
awards 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

Number of 
exercisable 
options/ 
awards 

– 
1,172p 

– 
161 

161 

– 
1,237 

1,237 

2009

Weighted
average
exercise
price

–
598p

Number of  
awards

423,554
3,566
(50,770)
(64,590)
(231,620)

80,140
4,813
–
(76,574)
–

8,379

Normal date of vesting 

2010 

2009

Number of shares

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 

– 
– 
3,566 
4,813 

76,574
–
3,566
–

8,379 

80,140

Number 
of share 
options 

3,083 
(461) 
(1,146) 
(239) 

1,237 
449 
(1,237) 
4,107 

4,556 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

780p
1,172p
809p
823p

598p
806p
598p
874p

867p

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

121

14  Employee share schemes (continued)
Options outstanding at 31 March were:

Date of grant 

January 2002 
January 2006 
January 2007 
January 2009 
January 2010 

Number of shares

Normal date of vesting  Option price 

2010 

2009 
2009, 2011 or 2013 
2010, 2012 or 2014 
2012 or 2014 
2013 or 2015 

548p 
823p 
1,172p 
862p 
808p 

– 
– 
161 
3,946 
449 

2009

1,010
227
–
–
–

4,556 

1,237

15  Pensions
The company operates two defined benefit schemes (being the Severn Trent Pension Scheme and the Severn Trent Water Mirror 
Image Pension Scheme). In addition, the group operates an unfunded arrangement for certain employees whose earnings are 
above the pension cap.

Further details regarding the operation of these schemes are given in note 28 of the group financial statements.

The company is currently unable to identify its share of the underlying assets and liabilities from the group’s defined benefit 
schemes, and hence it continues to account for the cost of contributions as if the scheme was a defined contribution scheme.

The pension charge for the year was £0.8 million (2009: £2.9 million).

16  Related party transactions
The company has taken advantage of the exemption under FRS 8 and not disclosed details of transactions with other undertakings 
within the Severn Trent group of companies.

17  Contingent liabilities
a)  Bonds and guarantees
The company has entered into bonds and guarantees in the normal course of business. No liabilities are expected to arise in 
respect of either the bonds or guarantees.

b)  Bank offset arrangements
The banking arrangements of the company operate on a pooled basis with certain of its subsidiary undertakings. Under these 
arrangements participating companies guarantee each others’ overdrawn balances to the extent of their credit balances, which 
can be offset against balances of participating companies.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

18  Post balance sheet events
On 27 May 2010 the board of directors proposed a final dividend of 45.61 pence per share.

19  Dividends
For details of the dividends paid in 2009/10 and 2008/09 see note 14 in the group financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
122

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Five year summary

Continuing operations 

Turnover 
Profit before interest, tax and exceptional items 
Net exceptional items 
Net interest payable before gains/(losses) on financial instruments 
Gains/(losses) on financial instruments 
Results of associates and joint ventures 

Profit on ordinary activities before taxation 
Current taxation on profit on ordinary activities  
Deferred taxation 

Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities after taxation 
Discontinued 

Profit/(loss) for the period 

Net assets employed
Fixed assets 
Other net liabilities excluding net debt, retirement benefit  
obligation and provisions 
Derivative financial instruments1 
Retirement benefit obligation 
Provisions for liabilities and charges and deferred tax 
Net assets held for sale 

Financed by
Called up share capital 
Reserves 

Total shareholders’ funds 
Minority shareholders’ interests 
Net debt2 

Statistics
Earnings loss per share (continuing) – pence 
Adjusted earnings per share – pence 
Dividends per share (excluding special dividend) – pence   
Dividend cover (before exceptional items and deferred tax) 
Gearing 
Ordinary share price at 31 March – pence 
Average number of employees 
– Severn Trent Water 
– other 

1  Excludes hedging instruments 

2  Includes hedging instruments

2010 

£m 

1,703.9 
557.1 
(49.7) 
(218.8) 
45.7 
0.1 

334.4 
(40.7) 
(42.2) 

251.5 
– 

251.5 

2009 
(restated) 
£m 

1,642.2 
469.9 
(18.9) 
(196.4) 
(87.0) 
– 

167.6 
(52.1) 
(171.5) 

(56.0) 
– 

2008 
(restated) 
£m 

1,552.4 
469.5 
(68.8) 
(177.4) 
(31.0) 
0.1 

192.4 
(56.2) 
74.4 

210.6 
0.8 

2007 
(restated) 
£m 

1,480.2 
405.3 
24.7 
(153.8) 
48.8 
0.5 

325.5 
(58.5) 
(18.4) 

248.6 
20.0 

(56.0) 

211.4 

268.6 

2006

(restated) 

£m

1,455.3
393.0
(15.7) 
(163.9)
(36.7)
1.1

177.8
(61.5)
7.3

123.6
99.4

223.0

6,474.6 

6,169.9 

5,892.9 

5,675.5 

6,391.6

(275.7) 
(125.3) 
(354.9) 
(1,010.3) 
– 

(287.2) 
(153.9) 
(233.0) 
(988.0) 
4.2 

(217.3) 
(26.1) 
(165.6) 
(885.5) 
– 

(242.9) 
(41.6) 
(135.1) 
(930.0) 
– 

(212.2)
(96.1)
(221.9)
(980.4)
13.0

4,708.4 

4,512.0 

4,598.4 

4,325.9 

4,894.0

231.6 
709.1 

940.7 
6.3 
3,761.4 

231.0 
715.1 

946.1 
6.0 
3,559.9 

229.7 
971.3 

1,201.0 
4.2 
3,393.2 

228.3 
905.9 

1,134.2 
3.1 
3,188.6 

227.2
1,669.2

1,896.4
2.6
2,995.0

4,708.4 

4,512.0 

4,598.4 

4,325.9 

4,894.0

105.6 
123.1 
72.32 
4.6 
79.9% 
1,195 

5,686 
3,102 

(24.6) 
92.7 
67.34 
1.4 
78.9% 
990 

5,624 
3,144 

89.3 
97.8 
65.63 
1.5 
74.0% 
1,419 

5,569 
2,814 

106.1 
82.4 
61.45 
1.3 
73.3% 
1,434 

5,289 
7,172 

52.9
70.4
51.13
1.4
60.9%
1,117

5,188
11,124

The prior years have been restated as the group’s definition of net debt has been amended to include cross currency swaps where 
the swap is the hedging instrument in a fair value hedge. These are issued to convert the proceeds of debt raised in foreign 
currency into sterling. This broadly eliminates the impact of the revaluation of the debt which results from hedge accounting and 
consequently the restated net debt figure is a better representation of the group’s debt obligations.

The amounts for 2006 have also been restated to exclude the results of discontinued operations 

Gearing has been calculated as net debt divided by the sum of equity and net debt.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

123

Information for shareholders

Electronic communications and our website
At the 2007 AGM a resolution, amending the Articles of 
Association, was passed allowing the company to 
communicate with shareholders either via the Severn Trent Plc 
website or by post. The company last wrote to shareholders in 
April 2008 asking that they choose to either:

•  provide an email address to receive notifications when 

shareholder documentation is made available on the website; or

•  continue to receive shareholder documentation in hard copy 

by returning the personalised reply card. 

If the completed card was not returned then, in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006, shareholders were deemed to 
have agreed to receive shareholder documentation via the 
website. These shareholders, and those who have positively 
elected for website communication, will receive, immediately 
prior to the publication date, notification whenever shareholder 
documents are available to view on the website at 
www.severntrent.com

Shareholders may receive electronic communications either:

•  via email – this option is available though Shareview. 

Shareholders will receive an email notification when a new 
document is made available; or

•  via our website – shareholders will receive a notification by 

post when a new document is made available.

The electronic arrangements enable shareholders to access 
information immediately as it becomes available. By using 
electronic communications the company is also able to both 
reduce its impact on the environment from reducing the use of 
paper and the energy required for publication and distribution, 
and benefit from savings associated with reduced printing and 
mailing costs.

Shareholders who register to receive shareholder 
documentation from Severn Trent Plc electronically can:

•  view the Annual Report and Accounts on the day it  

is published;

•  receive an email alert when shareholder documents  

are available;

•  cast their AGM vote electronically; and
•  manage their shareholding quickly and securely online, 

through Shareview.

Shareholders who receive such a notification are entitled to 
request a hard copy of the document and may also change the 
way they receive communications, at any time, by contacting 
Equiniti. Visit www.shareview.co.uk for more information and to 
register for electronic shareholder communications.

We will periodically consult with shareholders to check how 
they wish to receive information from us and a shareholder is 
taken to have agreed to website communications if a response 
has not been received.

Notwithstanding any election, the company may, at its sole and 
absolute discretion, send any notification or information to 
shareholders in hard copy form.

Our website also provides company news and information, 
together with links to our operational businesses’ websites.  
The Investor Centre on the website contains up to date 
information for shareholders including:

•  comprehensive share price information;
•  financial results;

•  a history of dividend payment dates and amounts; and
•  access to current and historical shareholder documents such 

as the Annual Report and Accounts.

Severn Trent shareholder helpline
The company’s registrar is Equiniti Limited. Equiniti’s main 
responsibilities include maintaining the shareholder register and 
making dividend payments. 

If you have any queries on the following matters you can 
contact Equiniti via one of the methods below:

•  transfer of shares;
•  change of name or address;
•  lost share certificate;
•  lost or out of date dividend cheques and other  

dividend queries; 

•  death of the registered holder of shares; or
•  any other query relating to your Severn Trent shareholding.

Registrar contact details:

Telephone: 0871 384 2967*
Overseas enquiries: +44 121 415 7044
Text phone: 0871 384 2255*
By post: Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, 
West Sussex, BN99 6DA
Email: severntrent@equiniti.com

*  Calls to these numbers are charged at 8 pence per minute 

from a BT landline. Other telephony providers’ costs may vary.

Dividend payments directly into bank accounts
Dividends can be paid automatically into your bank or building 
society account. This service has a number of benefits:

•  no risk of the dividend cheque being lost in the post;
•  the dividend payment is cleared more quickly as the cash is 

paid directly into the account on the payment date without the 
need to pay in the cheque and wait for it to clear; and

•  since the 2009/10 financial year, a single consolidated tax 
voucher is issued annually in February in time for your self 
assessment tax return.

To take advantage of this service or for further details contact 
Equiniti or visit www.shareview.co.uk

Dividend reinvestment plan 
A dividend reinvestment plan was introduced in July 2009. 

The plan gives shareholders the option of using their dividend 
payments to buy more Severn Trent Plc shares instead of 
receiving cash. If you would like to participate in the plan, 
please request a dividend reinvestment plan mandate from 
Equiniti Financial Services Limited. 

Telephone: 0871 384 2268*

Lines are open from 8.30am to 5.30pm Monday to Friday. 

Telephone number from outside the UK: +44 121 415 7058

Overseas dividend payments
Shareholders in over 30 countries have the opportunity to 
receive Severn Trent dividends in their local currency. For a 
small administration fee, shareholders can have their dividends 
automatically converted from sterling and paid into their bank 
account, normally within five working days of the dividend 
payment date. Please call +44 121 415 7044 for further details.

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i
r
e
h
t
O

 
124

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Information for shareholders (continued)

Amalgamating different share accounts
Shareholders with more than one account, arising from 
inconsistencies in name or address details, may avoid receipt 
of duplicate mailings by asking the registrar to amalgamate 
their holdings.

Lost investors
During 2009/10 we have appointed ProSearch to look for 
investors who have failed to keep their details up to date.  
We have unclaimed funds waiting to be claimed. Shareholders 
are reminded that if they move house they need to contact 
Equiniti and advise them of their new address.

Buying and selling shares in the UK
If you wish to buy or sell certificated Severn Trent shares, you 
will need to use a stockbroker or high street bank which trades 
on the London Stock Exchange. There are also many 
telephone and online services available to you. If you are 
selling, you will need to present your share certificate at the 
time of sale. Details of low cost dealing services may be 
obtained from www.shareview.co.uk or 0845 603 7037.

Share price information
Shareholders can find share price information on our website 
and in most national newspapers. Ceefax, where available, 
also display share prices that are updated regularly throughout 
the trading day. For a real-time buying or selling price, you 
should contact a stockbroker.

Gifting your shares
To transfer your shares to another member of your family as  
a gift, please request a gift transfer form from Equiniti. The 
completed transfer form together with the relevant share 
certificate(s) should be returned to Equiniti to record the 
change in ownership.

If you have a small number of shares and would like to donate 
them to charity, please ask Equiniti for a ShareGift (charity 
donation scheme) transfer form. ShareGift (registered charity 
No. 1052686) is an independent charity which provides a free 
service for shareholders wishing to dispose charitably of small 
numbers of shares, which would cost more to sell than they are 
worth. Further information is also available on the ShareGift 
website at www.sharegift.org or by telephoning 0207 337 0501.

Shareholder security
Many companies have become aware that their shareholders 
have received unsolicited phone calls or correspondence 
concerning investment matters. These are typically from 
overseas based ‘brokers’ who target UK shareholders, offering 
to sell them what often turn out to be worthless or high risk 
shares in US or UK investments. These operations are 
commonly known as ‘boiler rooms’. These ‘brokers’ can be very 
persistent and extremely persuasive and the number of this 
type of fraud has increased dramatically in recent years. A 
2006 survey by the Financial Services Authority (FSA) has 
reported that the average amount lost by investors is around 
£20,000. It is not just the novice investor that has been duped 
in this way: many of the victims had been successfully investing 
for several years.

In addition, in the current economic climate, boiler rooms are 
now targeting victims who have redundancy money or those 
who are not experienced investors, and are asking for smaller 
sums of money to be invested.

If you receive any unsolicited investment advice: 

•  ensure you get the full name of the person and organisation; 
•  check that they are properly authorised by the FSA before 

getting involved by visiting www.fsa.gov.uk/register/

•  report the matter to the FSA either by calling 0300 500 5000 

or visiting www.moneymadeclear.fsa.gov.uk; and 

•  if the calls persist, hang up.

Please be aware that if you deal with an unauthorised firm, you 
will not be eligible to receive payment under the Financial 
Services Compensation Scheme. The FSA can be contacted 
by completing an online form at www.fsa.gov.uk/pages/doing/
regulated/law alerts/overseas.shtml

Shareholders are advised to be very wary of any unsolicited 
advice, offers to buy shares at a discount or offers of free 
company reports. Details of any share dealing facilities that the 
company endorses will be included in company mailings or on 
our website. For more detailed information from the FSA go to 
moneymadeclear.fsa.gov.uk

Shareholder fraud – tips on protecting your shareholding
To reduce the risk of fraud happening to you please consider
the following:

•  ensure all your share certificates and dividend tax vouchers 
are kept in a safe place, or consider holding your shares 
electronically in CREST via a nominee;

•  keep all correspondence from the registrar in a safe place. 
Destroy all correspondence showing your personal details 
(e.g. shareholder reference number) by shredding;

•  if you change your address inform the registrar. If you receive 
a letter from the registrar regarding a change of address and 
have not recently moved house, please contact them 
immediately. You may be a victim of identity theft; and
•  know when dividends are paid. Consider having your 

dividend paid directly into your bank or building society 
account, reducing the risk of cheques being intercepted or 
lost in the post. If you change your bank or building society 
account, inform the registrar of the details of your new 
account immediately. Respond to any letters the registrar 
sends you about this.

If you have any reason to believe that you may have been the 
target of a fraud, or attempted fraud, please contact the 
registrar immediately.

Unsolicited mail
The company is legally obliged to make its share register 
available to the general public. Consequently some 
shareholders may receive unsolicited mail. If you wish to limit 
the amount of unsolicited mail you receive please contact:

The Mailing Preference Service (MPS),  
Freepost 29 LON20771, London W1E 0ZT

Alternatively, register online at www.mpsonline.org.uk or call 
the MPS Registration line on 0845 703 4599.

Share capital history
Information on the company’s share capital history, including 
the share capital reorganisation in August 1997 and the 
demerger of Biffa Plc, return of capital by payment of a special 
dividend and share consolidation in October 2006, is available 
from the Investor Centre pages on our website.

www.severntrent.com

Contents

Introduction

i

w
e
v
r
e
v
O

Overview
1 
2 
4 
5 
6 

2010 Severn Trent group highlights
Group at a glance
Chairman’s statement
Chief Executive’s review 
Severn Trent Water – Our industry

Severn Trent Water – Our strategy

Business review
9 
10  Delivering against our KPIs
12  Performance
19  Severn Trent Services – Overview
20  Performance
23  Financial review

Governance
28  Directors’ report
31  Directors’ responsibility statement
32  Board of directors
34  Executive Committee
35  Chairman’s letter
41  Nominations Committee
42  Audit Committee
44  Corporate Responsibility Committee
45  Directors’ remuneration report
58  Risk and assurance

Group financial statements
61 
Independent auditors’ report
62  Consolidated income statement
63  Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
64  Consolidated statement of changes in equity
65  Consolidated balance sheet
66  Consolidated cash flow statement
67  Notes to the group financial statements

Independent auditors’ report 

Company financial statements
112 
113  Company balance sheet
113  Company statement of total recognised gains and losses
114  Notes to the company financial statements

Other information
122  Five year summary
123 

Information for shareholders

i

w
e
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F

i

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i
r
e
h
t
O

Severn Trent is a FTSE 100 
company. Our core business  
is water. We provide and treat 
water and waste water in the UK 
and internationally through our 
two complementary businesses 
– Severn Trent Water and  
Severn Trent Services.

  Find out more at our corporate website 
  www.severntrent.com

  Severn Trent Water website 
  www.stwater.co.uk

  Severn Trent Services website 
  www.severntrentservices.com

Cautionary statement
This document contains certain ‘forward looking statements’ with respect to Severn Trent’s 
financial condition, results of operations and business and certain of Severn Trent’s plans and 
objectives with respect to these items.

Forward looking statements are sometimes, but not always, identified by their use of a date in the 
future or such words as ‘anticipates’, ‘aims’, ‘due’, ‘will’, ‘could’, ‘may’, ‘should’, ‘expects’, ‘believes’, 
‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘targets’, ‘goal’ or ‘estimates’. By their very nature forward looking statements 
are inherently unpredictable, speculative and involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to 
events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future.

There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ 
materially from those expressed or implied by these forward looking statements. These factors 
include, but are not limited to, changes in the economies and markets in which the group 
operates; changes in the regulatory and competition frameworks in which the group operates; 
the impact of legal or other proceedings against or which affect the group; and changes in 
interest and exchange rates.

All written or verbal forward looking statements, made in this document or made subsequently, 
which are attributable to Severn Trent or any other member of the group or persons acting on 
their behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the factors referred to above. Severn Trent 
does not intend to update these forward looking statements.

Designed and produced by salterbaxter

Nothing in this document should be regarded as a profits forecast.

Cert no. SGS-COC-0620

This document is not an offer to sell, exchange or transfer any securities of Severn Trent Plc or 
any of its subsidiaries and is not soliciting an offer to purchase, exchange or transfer such 
securities in any jurisdiction. Securities may not be offered, sold or transferred in the United 
States absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the 
US Securities Act of 1933 (as amended).

Severn Trent Plc
Severn Trent Plc is a public limited company listed on the  
London Stock Exchange and registered in England and Wales 
with company number 2366619. This is the Annual Report  
and Accounts for the year ended 31 March 2010.

More information on Severn Trent Plc can be found on our 
website at www.severntrent.com

This report was printed by Pureprint Group using their pureprint® 
and alcofree® environmental print technology. All the electricity used 
in the production of this report was generated from renewable sources 
and vegetable based inks were used throughout. Pureprint Group  
is a CarbonNeutral® company and registered to the Environmental 
Management System, ISO 14001 and EMAS, the Eco Management  
and Audit Scheme. It is printed on Cocoon 100 Uncoated, a recycled  
paper containing 100% post consumer waste which is manufactured  
to ISO 14001 standard.

 
 
 
Building a sustainable business

Annual Report  
and Accounts  
2010

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2
0
1
0

S
e
v
e
r
n
T
r
e
n
t

P
c

l

Severn Trent Plc
Registered office:
2297 Coventry Road
Birmingham B26 3PU
Tel: 0121 722 4000
www.severntrent.com

Registered number: 2366619